中阿含經 卷第四Madhyama Āgama · Fascicle 4
「若有樂報業,彼業寧可因斷、因苦行,轉作苦報耶」〔T01 0443b13〕——不也;苦報、現法報、後生報、不熟報、熟報皆不可轉,「虛妄方便,空斷無獲」〔T01 0443c04〕。這一卷三經只說一句話:業之報不可以苦行轉,而苦之盡在現法。
一、不可作,亦可作
「我說身惡行不可作,口、意惡行亦不可作」〔T01 0441b07〕;「我說身妙行可作,口、意妙行亦可作」〔T01 0441b15〕。尼乾以不可作為謗,世尊補其半。苦行者,「彼苦行法知斷滅盡,拔絕其根,至竟不生者,我說彼苦行」〔T01 0442a13〕;外道以行苦為苦行,世尊以斷苦行為苦行。
二、不可轉
「人所受皆因本作」,而尼乾不知本作者何;苦行只「於現世作苦」〔T01 0443b07〕,不滅故業。卷第三說報隨人而輕重,本卷說報之種隨業而定:樂苦、現法後生、熟不熟,皆不可因斷、因苦行轉之。
三、自斷其苦
「彼或欲斷苦因,行欲,或欲斷苦因,行捨欲」〔T01 0444a15〕;苦斷則不復斷苦,「其箭已直,不復用檢」〔T01 0444a25〕。斷愛則女雖與他語不復生苦;除五纏則憂苦滅,「於現法中而得究竟,無煩無熱,常住不變」〔T01 0445a11〕。尼乾求苦邊於苦行,世尊示究竟於現法。
四、知幻非幻
「我知幻,知幻人,知幻報,知斷幻」〔T01 0445c17〕;知其事不是其事。殺生者有受賞有受戮,「一切即於現法受報,因彼生憂苦」是妄言。四論士是非相反,不判其是非,「彼便自見,我斷十惡業道,念十善業道」〔T01 0447b07〕,心與慈俱,於彼所說不是不非而得內心止;此是遠離法定,聞之者法眼生。
“If there is action with a pleasant result, can that action, through severing and through ascetic practice, be turned into a painful result?”—no; a painful result, a result in this very life, a result in a later birth, unripened, ripened, none can be turned: “vain effort, empty severing, nothing gained”. The three discourses of this fascicle say only one sentence: the result of action cannot be turned by ascetic practice, and the ending of suffering lies in this very life.
I. Not to Be Done, and Also to Be Done
“I say that bodily misconduct is not to be done, and verbal and mental misconduct are also not to be done”; “I say that bodily good conduct is to be done, and verbal and mental good conduct are also to be done”. The Nirgranthas take “not to be done” as slander; the World-Honored One supplies its other half. As for ascetic practice, “those who know the dharma of ascetic practice to be severed and exhausted, pulled out by the root, never to arise again, I say that they practice asceticism”; the paths outside take practicing pain as ascetic practice, and the World-Honored One takes severing ascetic practice as ascetic practice.
II. It Cannot Be Turned
“Whatever a person experiences is all due to what was done before”, and yet the Nirgranthas do not know what was done before; ascetic practice only “makes suffering in this very world” and does not exhaust old action. Fascicle 3 says that the result is light or heavy according to the person; this fascicle says that the kind of result is settled by the action: pleasant or painful, in this very life or in a later birth, ripened or unripened, none can be turned by severing or by ascetic practice.
III. Severing One’s Own Suffering
“He may wish to sever the cause of suffering and practice with desire, or he may wish to sever the cause of suffering and practice with the abandoning of desire”; when the suffering is severed he severs suffering no more, “when the arrow is already straight, he uses the straightener no more”. Sever the love, and though the woman speaks with another, suffering arises no more; remove the five bonds, and sorrow and pain cease, and one “reaches the ultimate in this very life, without vexation, without burning, constantly abiding and unchanging”. The Nirgranthas seek the end of suffering in ascetic practice; the World-Honored One shows the ultimate in this very life.
IV. Knowing Illusion, Not an Illusion
“I know illusion, I know the one who practices illusion, I know the result of illusion, I know the severing of illusion”; to know a thing is not to be that thing. Among those who kill, some are rewarded and some are executed; that “all of them experience the result in this very life, and because of that sorrow and pain arise for them” is false speech. The four debaters hold opposite views, and he does not judge their right and wrong: “he sees for himself: I have severed the ten unwholesome courses of action and am mindful of the ten wholesome courses of action”, dwells with a mind imbued with loving-kindness, neither affirms nor denies what they say, and gains inner stillness; this is the concentration on the Dharma called seclusion, and one who hears it gains the eye of the Dharma.
東晉罽賓三藏瞿曇僧伽提婆譯《中阿含經》〈業相應品·卷第四〉· 大正藏 T01n0026〔起 T01 0440c19〕。段/行首〔T01 …〕=大正藏頁・欄・行錨;「(N)」=底本經序(本卷3經)。
〔T01 0440c19〕中阿含經卷第四 東晉罽賓三藏瞿曇僧伽提婆譯 〔T01 0440c22〕(一八)業相應品師子經第八〔初一日誦〕 我聞如是:一時,佛遊鞞舍離,在獼猴水邊高樓臺觀。爾時,眾多鞞舍離麗掣集在聽堂,數稱歎佛,數稱歎法及比丘眾。彼時,尼乾弟子師子大臣亦在眾中。是時,師子大臣欲往見佛,供養禮事,師子大臣則先往詣諸尼乾所,白尼乾曰:「諸尊!我欲往見沙門瞿曇。」彼時,尼乾訶師子曰:「汝莫欲見沙門 〔T01 0441a01〕瞿曇。所以者何?沙門瞿曇宗本不可作,亦為人說不可作法。師子!若見宗本不可作則不吉利,供養禮事亦不吉利。」彼眾多鞞舍離麗掣再三集在聽堂,數稱歎佛,數稱歎法及比丘眾。彼時,尼乾弟子師子大臣亦再三在彼眾中。時,師子大臣亦復再三欲往見佛,供養禮事。師子大臣便不辭尼乾,即往詣佛,共相問訊,却坐一面,而作是語:「我聞沙門瞿曇宗本不可作,亦為人說不可作法。瞿曇!若如是說,沙門瞿曇宗本不可作,亦為人說不可作法,彼不謗毀沙門瞿曇耶?彼說真實耶?彼說是法耶?彼說法如法耶?於如法無過、無難詰耶?」世尊答曰:「師子!若如是說,沙門瞿曇宗本不可作,亦為人說不可作法,彼不謗毀沙門瞿曇!彼說真實,彼說是法,彼說如法,於法無過,亦無難詰。所以者何?師子!有事因此事故,於如實法不能謗毀,沙門瞿曇宗本不可作,亦為人說不可作法。師子!復有事因此事故,於如實法不能謗毀,沙門瞿曇宗本可作,亦為人說可作之法。師子!復有事因此事故,於如實法不能謗毀,沙門瞿曇宗本斷滅,亦為人說斷滅之法。師子!復有事因此事故,於如實法不能謗毀,沙門瞿曇宗本可惡,亦為人說可憎惡法。師子!復有事因此事故,於如實法不能謗毀,沙門瞿曇宗本法、律,亦為人說法、律之法。師子!復有事因此事故,於如實法不能謗毀,沙門瞿曇宗本苦行,亦為人說苦行之法。師子!復有事因此事故,於如實法不能謗毀,沙門瞿曇宗本不入於胎,亦為人說不入胎法。師子!復有事因此事故,於如實法不能謗毀,沙門瞿曇宗本安隱,亦為人說安隱之法。「師子!云何有事因此事故,於如實法不能謗毀,沙門瞿曇宗本不可作,亦為人說不可作法?師子!我說身惡行不可作,口、意惡行亦不可作。師子!若如是比無量不善穢污之法,為當來有本、煩熱苦報、生老病死因。師子!我說此法盡不可作。師子!是謂有事因此事故,於如實法不能謗毀,沙門瞿曇宗本不可作,亦為人說不可作法。「師子!云何復有事因此事故,於如實法不能謗毀,沙門瞿曇宗本可作,亦為人說可作之法?師子!我說身妙行可作,口、意妙行亦可作。師子!若如是比無量善法與樂果,受於樂報,生於善處而得長壽。師子!我說此法盡應可作。師子!是謂有事因此事故,不能謗毀,沙門瞿曇宗本可作,亦為人說可作之法。「師子!云何復有事因此事故,於如實法不能謗毀,沙門瞿曇宗本斷滅,亦為人說斷滅之法?師子!我說身惡行應斷滅,口、意惡行亦應斷滅。師子!若如是比無量不善穢汙之法,為當來有本、煩熱苦報、生老病死因。師子!我說此法盡應斷滅。師子!是謂有事因此事故,於如實法不能謗毀,沙門瞿曇宗本斷滅,亦為人說斷滅之法。「師子!云何復有事因此事故,於如實法不能謗毀,沙門瞿曇宗本可惡,亦為人說可憎惡法?師子!我說身惡行可憎惡,口、意惡行亦可憎惡。師子!若如是比無量不善穢汙之法,為當來有本、煩熱苦報、生老病死因。師子!我說此法盡可憎惡。師子!是謂有事因此事故,於如實法不能謗毀,沙門瞿曇宗本可惡,亦為人說可憎惡法。「師子!云何復有事因此事故,於如實法不能謗毀,沙門瞿曇宗本法、律,亦為人說法、律之法?師子!我為斷貪婬故而說法、律,斷瞋恚、愚癡故而說法、律。師子!若如是比無量不善穢汙之法,為當來有本、煩熱苦報、生老病死因。師子!我為斷彼故而說法、律。師子!是謂有事因此事故,於如實法不能謗毀,沙門瞿曇宗本法、律,亦為人說法、律之法。「師子!云何復有事因此事故,於如實法不能謗毀,沙門瞿曇宗本苦行,亦為人說苦行之法?師子!或有沙門、梵志裸形無衣,或以手為衣,或以葉為衣,或以珠為衣,或不以瓶取水,或不以魁取水,不食刀杖劫抄之食,不食欺妄食,不自往,不遣信,不來尊、不善尊、不住尊。若有二人食,不在中食,不懷妊家食,不畜狗家食,設使家有糞蠅飛來,便不食也。不噉魚,不食肉,不飲酒,不飲惡水,或都無所飲,學無飲行;或噉一口,以一口為足,或二口、三、四,乃至七口,以七口為足;或食一得,以一得為足,或二、三、四,乃至七得,以七得為足;或日一食,以一食為足,或二、三、四、五、六、七日、半月、一月一食,以一食為足;或食菜茹,或食稗子,或食穄米,或食雜 〔T01 0442a01〕𪍿,或食頭頭邏食,或食麤食;或至無事處,依於無事,或食根,或食果,或食自落果,或持連合衣,或持毛衣,或持頭舍衣,或持毛頭舍衣,或持全皮,或持穿皮,或持全穿皮;或持散髮,或持編髮,或持散編髮,或有剃髮,或有剃鬚,或剃鬚髮,或有拔髮,或有拔鬚,或拔鬚髮;或住立斷坐,或修蹲行,或有臥刺,以刺為床,或有臥果,以果為床,或有事水,晝夜手抒,或有事火,竟昔然之,或事日、月、尊祐大德,叉手向彼,如此之比受無量苦,學煩熱行。師子!有此苦行我不說無。師子!然此苦行為下賤業,至苦至困,凡人所行,非是聖道。師子!若有沙門、梵志,彼苦行法知斷滅盡,拔絕其根,至竟不生者,我說彼苦行。師子!如來、無所著、等正覺,彼苦行法知斷滅盡,拔絕其根,至竟不生,是故我苦行。師子!是謂有事因此事故,於如實法不能謗毀,沙門瞿曇宗本苦行,亦為人說苦行之法。「師子!云何復有事因此事故,於如實法不能謗毀,沙門瞿曇宗本不入於胎,亦為人說不入胎法?師子!若有沙門、梵志當來胎生,知斷滅盡,拔絕其根,至竟不生者,我說彼不入於胎。師子!如來、無所著、等正覺,當來有胎生知斷滅盡,拔絕其根,至竟不生,是故我不入於胎。師子!是謂有事因此事故,於如實法不能謗毀,沙門瞿曇宗本不入於胎,亦為人說不入胎法。「師子!云何復有事因此事故,於如實法不能謗毀,沙門瞿曇宗本安隱,亦為人說安隱之法?師子!族姓子所有剃除鬚髮,著袈裟衣,至信、捨家、無家、學道者,唯無上梵行訖,我於現法自知自覺,自作證成就遊,生已盡,梵行已立,所作已辦,不更受有,知如真,我自安隱,亦安隱他比丘、比丘尼、優婆塞、優婆夷。我已安彼,便為生法,眾生於生法解脫,老法、病法、死法、憂慼染汙法,眾生於憂慼染污法解脫。師子!是謂有事因此事故,於如實法不能謗毀,沙門瞿曇宗本安隱,亦為人說安隱之法。」師子大臣白世尊曰:「瞿曇!我已知。善逝!我已解。瞿曇!猶明目人,覆者仰之,覆者發之,迷者示道,闇中施明,若有眼者,便見於色。沙門瞿曇亦復如是,為我無量方便說法、現義,隨其諸道。世尊!我今自歸於佛、法及比丘眾,唯願世尊受我為優婆塞,從今日始,終身自歸,乃至命盡。世尊!猶如有人養不良馬,望得其利,徒自疲勞而不獲利。世尊!我亦如是,彼愚癡尼乾不善曉了,不能自知,不識良田而不自審,長夜奉敬,供養禮事,望得其利,唐苦無益。世尊!我今再自歸佛、法及比丘眾,唯願世尊受我為優婆塞,從今日始,終身自歸,乃至命盡。世尊!我本無知,於愚癡尼乾有信有敬,從今日斷。所以者何?欺誑我故。世尊!我今三自歸佛、法及比丘眾,唯願世尊受我為優婆塞,從今日始,終身自歸,乃至命盡。」佛說如是。師子大臣及諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 師子經第八竟〔二千四百一十三字〕 〔T01 0442b29〕(一九)中阿含業相應品尼乾經第九〔初一日誦〕 我聞如是:一時,佛遊釋羇瘦,在天邑中。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「諸尼乾等如是見、如是說,謂人所受皆因本作,若其故業因苦行滅,不造新者,則諸業盡,諸業盡已,則得苦盡,得苦盡已,則得苦邊。我便往彼,到已,即問:『尼乾!汝等實如是見、如是說,謂人所受皆因本作,若其故業因苦行滅,不造新者,則諸業盡,諸業盡已,則得苦盡,得苦盡已,則得苦邊耶?』彼答我言:『如是。瞿曇!』我復問彼尼乾:『汝等自有淨智,我為本有,我為本無,我為本作惡,為不作惡,我為爾所苦盡,為爾所苦不盡,若盡已,便得盡,即於現世斷諸不善,得眾善法,修習作證耶?』彼答我言:『不也。瞿曇!』「我復語彼尼乾:『汝等自無淨智,我為本有,我為本無,我為本作惡,為不作惡,我為爾所苦盡,為爾所苦不盡,若盡已,便得盡,即於現世斷諸不善,得眾善法,修習作證,而作是說,謂人所受皆因本作,若其故業因苦行滅,不造新者,則諸業盡,諸業盡已,則得苦盡,得苦盡已,則得苦邊。尼乾!若汝等自有淨智,我為本有,我為本無,我為本作惡,為不作惡,我為爾所苦盡,為爾所苦不盡,若盡已,便得盡,即於現世斷諸不善,得眾善法,修習作證。尼乾!汝等可得作是說,謂人所受皆因本作,若其故業因苦行滅,不造新者,則諸業盡,諸業盡已,則得苦盡,得苦盡已,則得苦邊。』「尼乾!猶如有人身被毒箭,因被毒箭則生極苦,彼為親屬憐念愍 〔T01 0443a01〕傷,欲饒益安隱故,即呼拔箭金醫。箭金醫來,便以利刀而為開瘡,因開瘡時,復生極苦,既開瘡已,而求箭金,求箭金時,復生極苦,求得金已,即便拔出,因拔出時,復生極苦,拔金出已,薄瘡纏裹,因裹瘡時,復生極苦,彼於拔箭金後,得力無患,不壞諸根,平復如故。尼乾!彼人自有淨智,便作是念:『我本被毒箭,因被毒箭,則生極苦,我諸親屬見憐念愍傷,欲饒益安隱我故,即呼拔箭金醫,箭金醫來,便以利刀為我開瘡,因開瘡時,復生極苦,既開瘡已,而求箭金,求箭金時,復生極苦,求得金已,即便拔出,因拔出時,復生極苦,拔金出已,薄瘡纏裹,因裹瘡時,復生極苦,我於拔箭金後,得力無患,不壞諸根,平復如故。』「如是,尼乾!若汝等自有淨智,我為本有,我為本無,我為本作惡,為不作惡,我為爾所苦盡,為爾所苦不盡,若盡已,便得盡,即於現世斷諸不善,得眾善法,修習作證。尼乾!汝等可得作是說,謂人所受皆因本作,若其故業因苦行滅,不造新者,則諸業盡,諸業盡已,則得苦盡,得苦盡已,則得苦邊,我問如是,不見諸尼乾能答我言:『瞿曇!如是,不如是。』「復次,我問諸尼乾曰:『若諸尼乾有上斷、上苦行,爾時諸尼乾生上苦耶?』彼答我言:『如是。瞿曇!』『若有中斷、中苦行,爾時諸尼乾生中苦耶?』彼答我言:『如是,瞿曇!』『若有下斷、下苦行,爾時諸尼乾生下苦耶?』彼答我言:『如是,瞿曇!』是為諸尼乾有上斷、上苦行,爾時諸尼乾則生上苦;有中斷、中苦行,爾時諸尼乾則生中苦;有下斷、下苦行,爾時諸尼乾則生下苦。若使諸尼乾有上斷、上苦行,爾時諸尼乾止息上苦;有中斷、中苦行,爾時諸尼乾止息中苦;有下斷、下苦行,爾時諸尼乾止息下苦。若如是作、不如是作,止息極苦甚重苦者,當知諸尼乾即於現世作苦。但諸尼乾為癡所覆,為癡所纏,而作是說:『謂人所受皆因本作,若其故業因苦行滅,不造新者,則諸業盡,諸業盡已,則得苦盡,得苦盡已,則得苦邊。』我問如是,不見諸尼乾能答我言:『瞿曇!如是,不如是。』「復次,我問諸尼乾曰:『諸尼乾!若有樂報業,彼業寧可因斷、因苦行,轉作苦報耶?』彼答我言:『不也。瞿曇!』『諸尼乾!若有苦報業,彼業寧可因斷、因苦行,轉作樂報耶?』彼答我言:『不也。瞿曇!』『諸尼乾!若有現法報業,彼業寧可因斷、因苦行,轉作後生報耶?』彼答我言:『不也。瞿曇!』『諸尼乾!若有後生報業,彼業寧可因斷、因苦行,轉作現法報耶?』彼答我言:『不也。瞿曇!』『諸尼乾!若有不熟報業,彼業寧可因斷、因苦行,轉作熟報耶?』彼答我言:『不也。瞿曇!』『諸尼乾!若有熟報業,彼業寧可因斷、因苦行,轉作異耶?』彼答我言:『不也。瞿曇!』『諸尼乾!是為樂報業,彼業不可因斷、因苦行,轉作苦報。諸尼乾!苦報業,彼業不可因斷、因苦行,轉作樂報。諸尼乾!現法報業,彼業不可因斷、因苦行,轉作後生報。諸尼乾!後生報業,彼業不可因斷、因苦行,轉作現法報。諸尼乾!不熟業,彼業不可因斷、因苦行,轉作熟報。諸尼乾!熟報業,彼業不可因斷、因苦行,轉作異者。以是故,諸尼乾!虛妄方便,空斷無獲。』「彼諸尼乾便報我言:『瞿曇!我有尊師,名親子尼乾,作如是說:「諸尼乾!汝等若本作惡業,彼業皆可因此苦行而得滅盡,若今護身、口、意,因此不復更作惡業也。」』我復問彼諸尼乾曰:『汝等信尊師親子尼乾,不疑惑耶?』彼答我言:『瞿曇!我信尊師親子尼乾,無有疑惑。』我復語彼諸尼乾曰:『有五種法現世二報,信、樂、聞、念、見善觀,諸尼乾!人自有虛妄言,是可信、可樂、可聞、可念、可見善觀耶?』彼答我言:『如是。瞿曇!』我復語彼諸尼乾曰:『是虛妄言,何可信,何可樂,何可聞,何可念,何可善觀?謂人自有虛妄言,有信、有樂、有聞、有念、有善觀。』「若諸尼乾作是說者,於如法中得五詰責,為可憎惡。云何為五?今此眾生所受苦樂皆因本作,若爾者,諸尼乾等本作惡業。所以者何?因彼故,諸尼乾於今受極重苦,是謂尼乾第一可憎惡。復次,眾生所受苦樂皆因合會,若爾者,諸尼乾等本惡合會。所以者何?因彼故,諸尼乾於今受極重苦,是謂尼乾第二可憎惡。復次,眾生所受苦樂皆因為命,若爾者,諸尼揵等本惡為命。所以者何?因彼故,諸尼乾於今受極重苦,是謂尼乾第三可憎惡。復次,眾生所受苦樂皆因見也。若爾者,諸尼乾等本有惡見。所以者何?因彼故,諸 〔T01 0444a01〕尼乾於今受極重苦,是謂尼乾第四可憎惡。復次,眾生所受苦樂皆因尊祐造,若爾者,諸尼乾等本惡尊祐。所以者何?因彼故,諸尼乾於今受極重苦,是謂尼乾第五可憎惡。若諸尼乾因本所作惡業、惡合會、惡為命、惡見、惡尊祐,為惡尊祐所造,因彼故,諸尼乾於今受極重苦,是謂因彼事故,諸尼乾等為可憎惡。「我所自知、自覺法為汝說者,若沙門、梵志,若天、魔、梵及餘世間皆無能伏,皆無能穢,皆無能制。云何我所自知、自覺法為汝說者,非為沙門、梵志,若天、魔、梵及餘世間所能伏、所能穢、所能制?若有比丘捨身不善業,修身善業,捨口、意不善業,修口、意善業,彼於未來苦,便自知我無未來苦,如法得樂而不棄捨。彼或欲斷苦因,行欲,或欲斷苦因,行捨欲,彼若欲斷苦因,行欲者,即修其行欲,已斷者,苦便得盡。彼若欲斷苦因,行捨欲者,即修其行捨欲,已斷者,苦便得盡。若彼比丘便作是念:『隨所為、隨所行,不善法生而善法滅,若自斷苦,不善法滅而善法生,我今寧可自斷其苦。』便自斷苦。自斷苦已,不善法滅而善法生,不復斷苦。所以者何?比丘!本所為者,其義已成,若復斷苦,是處不然。「比丘!猶如箭工用檢撓箭,其箭已直,不復用檢。所以者何?彼人本所為者,其事已成,若復用檢,是處不然。如是,比丘便作是念:『隨所為、隨所行,不善法生而善法滅,若自斷苦,不善法滅而善法生,我今寧可自斷其苦。』便自斷苦。自斷苦已,不善法滅而善法生,不復斷苦。所以者何?本所為者,其義已成,若復斷苦,是處不然。比丘!猶如有人愛念、染著、敬待彼女,然彼女人更與他語,共相問訊,往來止宿,其人因是身心生苦惱,極憂慼耶?」比丘答曰:「如是。世尊!所以者何?其人於女愛念、染著,極相敬待,而彼女人更與他語,共相問訊,往來止宿,其人身心何得不生苦惱憂慼?」「比丘!若使其人而作是念:『我唐愛念、敬待彼女,然彼女人更與他語,共相問訊,往來止宿,我今寧可因自苦自憂故,斷為彼女愛念、染著耶?』其人於後因自苦自憂故,便斷為彼女愛念、染著。若彼女人故與他語,共相問訊,往來止宿,其人於後,身心寧當復生苦惱,極憂慼耶?」比丘答曰:「不也。世尊!所以者何?其人於女無復愛念、染著之情,若彼女人故與他語,共相問訊,往來止宿,若使其人因此身心復生苦惱極憂慼者,是處不然。」「如是,比丘便作是念:『隨所為、隨所行,不善法生而善法滅,若自斷其苦,不善法滅而善法生,我今寧可自斷其苦。』便自斷苦。自斷苦已,不善法滅而善法生,不復斷苦。所以者何?本所為者,其義已成,若復斷苦,是處不然。「彼復作是念:『若有所因,斷其苦者,我便已斷,然我於欲猶故未斷,我今寧可求斷於欲。』便求斷欲。彼為斷欲故,獨住遠離,在無事處,或至樹下空安靜處,山巖石室、露地穰積,或至林中,或在塚間,彼已在無事處,或至樹下空安靜處,敷尼師檀,結加趺坐,正身正願,反念不向,斷除貪伺,心無有諍,見他財物諸生活具不起貪伺,欲令我得,彼於貪伺淨除其心。如是,瞋恚、睡眠、掉悔,斷疑、度惑,於諸善法無有猶豫,彼於疑惑淨除其心。「彼已斷此五蓋——心穢、慧羸,離欲,離惡不善之法,至得第四禪成就遊。彼得如是定,心清淨,無穢無煩,柔軟善住,得不動心,趣向漏盡智通作證,彼便知此苦如真,知此苦習、知此苦滅、知此苦滅道如真,亦知此漏如真,知此漏習、知此漏滅、知此漏滅道如真,彼如是知、如是見已,則欲漏心解脫,有漏、無明漏心解脫,解脫已,便知解脫,生已盡,梵行已立,所作已辦,不更受有,知如真。「如來如是正心解脫,得五稱譽,如法無諍,可愛可敬。云何為五?彼眾生者,所受苦樂皆因本作,若爾者,如來本有妙業,因彼故,如來於今聖無漏樂,寂靜止息而得樂覺,是謂如來得第一稱譽。復次,眾生所受苦樂皆因合會,若爾者,如來本妙合會,因彼故,如來於今聖無漏樂,寂靜止息而得樂覺,是謂如來得第二稱譽。復次,眾生所受苦樂皆因為命,若爾者,如來本妙為命,因彼故,如來於今聖無漏樂,寂靜止息而得樂覺,是謂如來得第三稱譽。復次,眾生所受苦樂皆因見也,若爾者,如來本妙見,因彼故,如來於今聖無漏樂,寂靜止息而得樂覺,是謂如來得第四稱譽。復次,眾生所受苦樂皆因尊祐造,若爾者,如來本妙尊祐,因彼故,如來於今聖無漏 〔T01 0445a01〕樂,寂靜止息而得樂覺,是謂如來得第五稱譽。是為如來本妙業、妙合會、妙為命、妙見、妙尊祐,為妙尊祐所造,因彼故,如來於今聖無漏樂,寂靜止息而得樂覺,以此事故,如來於今得五稱譽。「有五因緣,心生憂苦。云何為五?婬欲纏者,因婬欲纏故,心生憂苦。如是,瞋恚、睡眠、掉悔、疑惑纏者,因疑惑纏故,心生憂苦。是謂五因緣,心生憂苦。有五因緣,心滅憂苦。云何為五?若婬欲纏者,因婬欲纏故,心生憂苦,除婬欲纏已,憂苦便滅,因婬欲纏,心生憂苦,於現法中而得究竟,無煩無熱,常住不變,是聖所知、聖所見。如是,瞋恚、睡眠、掉悔,若疑惑纏者,因疑惑纏故,心生憂苦,除疑惑纏已,憂苦便滅,因疑惑纏,心生憂苦,於現法中而得究竟,無煩無熱,常住不變,是聖所知、聖所見。是謂五因緣,心滅憂苦。「復次,更有現法而得究竟,無煩無熱,常住不變,是聖所知、聖所見。云何更有現法而得究竟,無煩無熱,常住不變,是聖所知、聖所見?謂八支聖道,正見乃至正定,是為八。是謂更有現法而得究竟,無煩無熱,常住不變,是聖所知、聖所見。」佛說如是。彼諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。尼乾經第九竟〔三千六百〕 〔T01 0445a25〕(二〇)中阿含業相應品波羅牢經第十〔初一日誦〕 我聞如是:一時,佛遊拘麗瘦,與大比丘眾俱,往至北村,住北村北尸攝惒林中。爾時,波羅牢伽彌尼聞沙門瞿曇釋種子,捨釋宗族,出家學道,遊拘麗瘦,與大比丘眾俱,至此北村,住北村北尸攝惒林中。彼沙門瞿曇有大名稱,周聞十方,沙門瞿曇如來、無所著、等正覺、明行成為、善逝、世間解、無上士、道法御、天人師,號佛、眾祐。彼於此世,天及魔、梵、沙門、梵志,從人至天,自知自覺,自作證成就遊,彼若說法,初善、中善、竟亦善,有義有文,具足清淨,顯現梵行。若見如來、無所著、等正覺,尊重禮拜,供養承事者,快得善利。彼作是念:「我應往見沙門瞿曇!禮事供養。」波羅牢伽彌尼聞已,從北村出,北行至尸攝惒林,欲見世尊禮事供養。波羅牢伽彌尼遙見世尊在林樹間,端正姝好,猶星中月,光曜暐曄,晃若金山,相好具足,威神巍巍,諸根寂定,無有蔽礙,成就調御,息心靜默。波羅牢伽彌尼遙見佛已,前至佛所,共相問訊,却坐一面,白世尊曰:「我聞沙門瞿曇知幻是幻,瞿曇!若如是說,沙門瞿曇知幻是幻,彼不謗毀沙門瞿曇耶?彼說真實耶?彼說是法耶?彼說法如法耶?於如法無過、無難詰耶?」世尊答曰:「伽彌尼!若如是說,沙門瞿曇知幻是幻,彼不謗毀沙門瞿曇!彼說真實,彼說是法,彼說法如法,於法無過,亦無難詰。所以者何?伽彌尼!我知彼幻,我自非幻。」波羅牢說曰:「彼沙門、梵志所說真實,而我不信彼說沙門瞿曇知幻是幻。」世尊告曰:「伽彌尼!若知幻者,即是幻耶?」波羅牢白曰:「如是。世尊!如是。善逝!」世尊告曰:「伽彌尼!汝莫自誤,謗毀於我,若謗毀我者,則便自損。有諍有犯,聖賢所惡,而得大罪。所以者何?此實不如汝之所說。伽彌尼!汝聞拘麗瘦有卒耶?」答曰:「聞有。」「伽彌尼!於意云何?拘麗瘦用是卒為?」答曰:「瞿曇!通使殺賊,為此事故,拘麗瘦畜是卒也。」「伽彌尼!於意云何?拘麗瘦卒為有戒,為無戒耶?」答曰:「瞿曇!若世間有無戒德者,無過拘麗瘦卒。所以者何?拘麗瘦卒極犯禁戒,唯行惡法。」復問:「伽彌尼!汝如是見、如是知,我不問汝,若他問汝:『波羅牢伽彌尼知拘麗瘦卒極犯禁戒,唯行惡法,因此事故,波羅牢伽彌尼極犯禁戒,唯行惡法。』若如是說,為真說耶?」答曰:「非也。瞿曇。所以者何?拘麗瘦卒見異、欲異,所願亦異,拘麗瘦卒極犯禁戒,唯行惡法;我極持戒,不行惡法。」復問:「伽彌尼!汝知拘麗瘦卒極犯禁戒,唯行惡法,然不以此為犯禁戒,唯行惡法;如來何以不得知幻而自非幻?所以者何?我知幻,知幻人,知幻報,知斷幻。伽彌尼!我亦知殺生,知殺生人,知殺生報,知斷殺生。伽彌尼!我知不與取,知不與取人,知不與取報,知斷不與取。伽彌尼!我知妄言,知妄言人,知妄言報,知斷妄言。伽彌尼!我如是知、如是見。若有作是說,沙門瞿曇知幻即是幻者,彼未斷此語,聞彼心、彼欲、彼願、彼聞、彼念、彼觀,如屈伸臂頃,命終生地獄中。」波羅牢伽彌尼聞已,怖懼戰慄,身毛皆竪,即從坐起,頭面禮足,長跪叉手,白世尊曰:「悔過,瞿曇!自昔,善逝!如愚、如癡、如不定、如不善。所以者何?我以妄說沙門瞿曇是幻, 〔T01 0446a01〕唯願瞿曇受我悔過,見罪發露,我悔過已,護不更作。」世尊告曰:「如是,伽彌尼!汝實如愚、如癡、如不定、如不善。所以者何?謂汝於如來、無所著、等正覺妄說是幻。然汝能悔過,見罪發露,護不更作。如是,伽彌尼!若有悔過,見罪發露,護不更作者,則長養聖法而無有失。」於是,波羅牢伽彌尼叉手向佛,白世尊曰:「瞿曇!有一沙門梵志如是見、如是說:『若有殺生者,彼一切即於現法受報,因彼生憂苦;若有不與取、妄言,彼一切即於現法受報,因彼生憂苦。』沙門瞿曇!於意云何?」世尊告曰:「伽彌尼!我今問汝,隨所解答。伽彌尼!於意云何?若村邑中,或有一人,頭冠華鬘,雜香塗身,而作倡樂,歌舞自娛,唯作女妓,歡樂如王。若有問者:『此人本作何等,今頭冠華鬘,雜香塗身,而作倡樂,歌舞自娛,唯作女妓,歡樂如王?』或有答者:『此人為王殺害怨家,王歡喜已,即與賞賜,是以此人頭冠華鬘,雜香塗身,而作倡樂,歌舞自娛,唯作女妓,歡樂如王。』伽彌尼!汝如是見、如是聞不?」答曰:「見也。瞿曇!已聞、當聞。」「伽彌尼!又復見王收捕罪人,反縛兩手,打鼓唱令,出南城門,坐高標下而梟其首。若有問者:『此人何罪,為王所戮?』或有答者:『此人枉殺王家無過之人,是以王教如是行刑。』伽彌尼!汝如是見、如是聞不?」答曰:「見也。瞿曇!已聞、當聞。」「伽彌尼!若有沙門、梵志如是見、如是說:『若有殺生,彼一切即於現法受報,因彼生憂苦。』彼為真說,為虛妄言?」答曰:「妄言。瞿曇!」「若彼說妄言,汝意信不?」答曰:「不信也。瞿曇!」世尊歎曰:「善哉!善哉!伽彌尼!」復問:「伽彌尼!於意云何?若村邑中,或有一人,頭冠華鬘,雜香塗身,而作倡樂,歌舞自娛,唯作女妓,歡樂如王。若有問者:『此人本作何等,今頭冠華鬘,雜香塗身,而作倡樂,歌舞自娛,唯作女妓,歡樂如王?』或有答者:『此人於他國中而不與取,是以此人頭冠華鬘,雜香塗身,而作倡樂,歌舞自娛,唯作女妓,歡樂如王。』伽彌尼!汝如是見、如是聞不?」答曰:「見也。瞿曇!已聞、當聞。」「伽彌尼!又復見王收捕罪人,反縛兩手,打鼓唱令,出南城門,坐高標下而梟其首。若有問者:『此人何罪,為王所戮?』或有答者:『此人於王國而不與取,是以王教如是行刑。』伽彌尼!汝如是見、如是聞不?」答曰:「見也。瞿曇!已聞、當聞。」「伽彌尼!若有沙門、梵志如是見、如是說:『若有不與取,彼一切即於現法受報,因彼生憂苦。』彼為真說,為虛妄言?」答曰:「妄言。瞿曇!」「若彼說妄言,汝意信不?」答曰:「不信也。瞿曇!」世尊歎曰:「善哉!善哉!伽彌尼!」復問:「伽彌尼!於意云何?若村邑中,或有一人,頭冠華鬘,雜香塗身,而作倡樂,歌舞自娛,唯作女妓,歡樂如王。若有問者:『此人本作何等,今頭冠華鬘,雜香塗身,而作倡樂,歌舞自娛,唯作女妓,歡樂如王?』或有答者:『此人作妓,能戲調笑,彼以妄言令王歡喜,王歡喜已,即與賞賜,是以此人頭冠華鬘,雜香塗身,而作倡樂,歌舞自娛,唯作女妓,歡樂如王。』伽彌尼!汝如是見、如是聞不?」答曰:「見也。瞿曇!已聞、當聞。」「伽彌尼!又復見王收捕罪人,用棒打殺,盛以木檻,露車載之,出北城門,棄著壍中。若有問者:『此人何罪,為王所殺?』或有答者:『此人在王前妄有所證,彼以妄言欺誑於王,是以王教取作如是。』伽彌尼!汝如是見、如是聞不?」答曰:「見也。瞿曇!已聞、當聞。」「伽彌尼!於意云何?若有沙門、梵志如是見、如是說:『若有妄言,彼一切即於現法受報,因彼生憂苦。』彼為真說,為虛妄言?」答曰:「妄言。瞿曇!」「若彼說妄言,汝意信不?」答曰:「不信也。瞿曇!」世尊歎曰:「善哉!善哉!伽彌尼!」於是,波羅牢伽彌尼即從坐起,偏袒著衣,叉手向佛,白世尊曰:「甚奇!瞿曇所說極妙,善喻善證。瞿曇!我於北村中造作高堂,敷設床褥,安立水器,然大明燈,若有精進沙門、梵志來宿高堂,我隨其力,供給所須。有四論士,所見各異,更相違反,來集高堂。於中論士如是見、如是說,無施無齋,無有呪說,無善惡業,無善惡業報,無此世彼世,無父無母,世無真人往至善處,善去善向,此世彼世,自知自覺,自作證成就遊。「第二論士而有正見,反第一論士所見所知,如是見、如是說:『有施有齋,亦有呪說;有善惡業,有善惡業報;有此世彼世,有父有母;世有真人往至善處,善去善向,此世彼世自知、自覺、自作證成就遊。』「第三論士如是見、如是說,自作、教作,自斷、教斷,自煮、教煮,愁煩憂慼,搥胸懊惱,啼哭愚癡,殺生、不與取、邪婬、妄言、飲酒,穿牆開藏, 〔T01 0447a01〕至他巷劫,害村壞邑,破城滅國;作如是者,為不作惡。又以鐵輪利如剃刀,彼於此地一切眾生,於一日中斫截斬剉,剝裂剬割,作一肉段,一分一積,因是無惡業,因是無惡業報。恒水南岸殺、斷、煮去,恒水北岸施與、作齋、呪說而來,因是無罪無福,因是無罪福報。施與、調御、守護、攝持、稱譽、饒益,惠施、愛言、利及等利,因是無福,因是無福報。「第四論士而有正見,反第三論士所知、所見,如是見、如是說,自作、教作,自斷、教斷,自煮、教煮,愁煩憂慼,搥胸懊惱,啼哭愚癡,殺生、不與取、邪婬、妄言、飲酒,穿墻開藏,至他巷劫,害村壞邑,破城滅國;作如是者,實為作惡。又以鐵輪利如剃刀,彼於此地一切眾生,於一日中斫截斬剉,剝裂剬割,作一肉段,一分一積,因是有惡業,因是有惡業報。恒水南岸殺、斷、煮去,恒水北岸施與、作齋、呪說而來,因是有罪有福,因是有罪福報。施與、調御、守護、攝持、稱譽、饒益,惠施、愛言、利及等利,因是有福,因是有福報。瞿曇!我聞是已,便生疑惑:此沙門、梵志,誰說真實,誰說虛妄?」世尊告曰:「伽彌尼!汝莫生疑惑。所以者何?因有疑惑便生猶豫。伽彌尼!汝自無淨智,為有後世,為無後世?伽彌尼!汝又無淨智,所作為惡,所作為善?伽彌尼!有法之定,名曰遠離,汝因此定,可得正念,可得一心。如是,汝於現法便斷疑惑,而得昇進。」於是,波羅牢伽彌尼復從坐起,偏袒著衣,叉手向佛,白世尊曰:「瞿曇!云何法定,名曰遠離,令我因此可得正念,可得一心,如是我於現法便斷疑惑,而得昇進?」世尊告曰:「伽彌尼!多聞聖弟子離殺斷殺,斷不與取、邪婬、妄言,至斷邪見,得正見,彼於晝日教田作耕稼,至暮放息,入室坐定,過夜曉時而作是念:『我離殺斷殺,斷不與取、邪婬、妄言,至斷邪見,得正見。』彼便自見,我斷十惡業道,念十善業道。彼自見斷十惡業道,念十善業道已,便生歡悅,生歡悅已,便生於喜,生於喜已,便止息身,止息身已,便身覺樂,身覺樂已,便得一心。伽彌尼!多聞聖弟子得一心已,則心與慈俱,遍滿一方成就遊。如是,二三四方、四維上下,普周一切,心與慈俱,無結無怨,無恚無諍,極廣甚大,無量善修,遍滿一切世間成就遊。彼作是念:『若有沙門、梵志如是見、如是說,無施無齋,無有呪說,無善惡業,無善惡業報,無此世彼世,無父無母,世無真人往至善處,善去善向,此世彼世,自知自覺,自作證成就遊。若彼沙門、梵志所說真實者,我不犯世怖與不怖,常當慈愍一切世間,我心不與眾生共諍,無濁歡悅。我今得無上人上之法,昇進得安樂居,謂遠離法定。彼沙門、梵志所說,不是不非。』不是不非已,得內心止。伽彌尼!是謂法定,名曰遠離,汝因此定,可得正念,可得一心,如是汝於現法便斷疑惑,而得昇進。「復次,伽彌尼!多聞聖弟子離殺斷殺,斷不與取、邪婬、妄言,至斷邪見,得正見,彼於晝日教田作耕稼,至暮放息,入室坐定,過夜曉時而作是念:『我離殺斷殺,斷不與取、邪婬、妄言,至斷邪見,得正見。』彼便自見,我斷十惡業道,念十善業道。彼自見斷十惡業道,念十善業道已,便生歡悅,生歡悅已,便生於喜,生於喜已,便止息身,止息身已,便身覺樂,身覺樂已,便得一心。伽彌尼!多聞聖弟子得一心已,則心與悲俱,遍滿一方成就遊。如是,二三四方、四維上下,普周一切,心與悲俱,無結無怨,無恚無諍,極廣甚大,無量善修,遍滿一切世間成就遊。彼作是念:『若沙門、梵志,如是見、如是說:「有施有齋,亦有呪說;有善惡業,有善惡業報;有此世彼世,有父有母;世有真人往至善處,善去善向,此世彼世自知、自覺、自作證成就遊。」若彼沙門、梵志所說真實者,我不犯世怖與不怖,常當慈愍一切世間,我心不與眾生共諍,無濁歡悅。我得無上人上之法,昇進得安樂居,謂遠離法定。彼沙門、梵志所說不是不非。』不是不非已,得內心止。伽彌尼!是謂法定,名曰遠離,汝因此定,可得正念,可得一心,如是於現法便斷疑惑,而得昇進。「復次,伽彌尼!多聞聖弟子離殺斷殺,斷不與取、邪婬、妄言,至斷邪見,得正見,彼於晝日教田作耕稼,至暮放息,入室坐定,過夜曉時而作是念:『我離殺斷殺,斷不與取、邪婬、妄言,至斷邪見,得正見。』彼便自見,我斷十惡業道,念十善業道。彼自見斷十惡業道,念十善業道已,便生歡悅,生歡悅已,便生於喜,生於 〔T01 0448a01〕喜已,便止息身,止息身已,便身覺樂,身覺樂已,便得一心。伽彌尼!多聞聖弟子得一心已,則心與喜俱,遍滿一方成就遊。如是,二三四方、四維上下,普周一切,心與喜俱,無結無怨,無恚無諍,極廣甚大,無量善修,遍滿一切世間成就遊。彼作是念:『若有沙門、梵志如是見、如是說,自作、教作,自斷、教斷,自煮、教煮,愁煩憂慼,搥胷懊惱,啼哭愚癡,殺生、不與取、邪婬、妄言、飲酒,穿墻開藏,至他巷劫,害村壞邑,破城滅國;作如是者,實為不作惡。又以鐵輪利如剃刀,彼於此地一切眾生,於一日中斫截斬剉,剝裂剬割,作一肉段,一分一積,因是無惡業,因是無惡業報。恒水南岸殺、斷、煮去,恒水北岸施與、作齋、呪說而來,因是無罪無福,因是無罪福報。施與、調御、守護、攝持、稱譽、饒益,惠施、愛言、利及等利,因是無福,因是無福報。若沙門、梵志所說真實者,我不犯世怖與不怖,常當慈愍一切世間,我心不與眾生共諍,無濁歡悅。我今得無上人上之法,昇進得安樂居,謂遠離法定。』彼於沙門、梵志所說不是不非,不是不非已,內得心止。伽彌尼!是謂法定,名曰遠離,汝因此定,可得正念,可得一心,如是汝於現法便斷疑惑,而得昇進。「復次,伽彌尼!多聞聖弟子離殺斷殺,斷不與取、邪婬、妄言,至斷邪見,得正見,彼於晝日教田作耕稼,至暮放息,入室坐定,過夜曉時而作是念:『我離殺斷殺,斷不與取、邪婬、妄言,至斷邪見,得正見。』彼便自見,我斷十惡業道,念十善業道。彼自見斷十惡業道,念十善業道已,便生歡悅,生歡悅已,便生於喜,生於喜已,便止息身,止息身已,便身覺樂,身覺樂已,便得一心。伽彌尼!多聞聖弟子得一心已,則心與捨俱,遍滿一方成就遊。如是,二三四方、四維上下,普周一切,心與捨俱,無結無怨,無恚無諍,極廣甚大,無量善修,遍滿一切世間成就遊。彼作是念:『若有沙門、梵志如是見、如是說,自作、教作,自斷、教斷,自煮、教煮,愁煩憂慼,搥胸懊惱,啼哭愚癡,殺生、不與取、邪婬、妄言、飲酒,穿墻開藏,至他巷劫,害村壞邑,破城滅國;作如是者,實為作惡。又以鐵輪利如剃刀,彼於此地一切眾生,於一日中斫截斬剉,剝裂剬割,作一肉段,一分一積,因是有惡業,因是有惡業報,恒水南岸殺、斷、煮去,恒水北岸施與、作齋、呪說而求,因是有罪有福,因是有罪福報。施與、調御、守護、攝持、稱譽、饒益,惠施、愛言、利及等利,因是有福,因是有福報。若沙門、梵志所說真實者,我不犯世怖與不怖,常當慈愍一切世間,我心不與眾生共諍,無濁歡悅,我得無上人上之法,昇進得樂居,謂遠離法定。』彼於沙門、梵志所說不是不非,不是不非已,得內心止。伽彌尼!是謂法定,名曰遠離,汝因此定,可得正念,可得一心,如是於現法便斷疑惑,而得昇進。」說此法時,波羅牢伽彌尼遠塵離垢,諸法淨眼生。於是,波羅牢伽彌尼見法、得法,覺白淨法,斷疑度惑,更無餘尊,不復從他,無有猶豫,已住果證,於世尊法得無所畏。即從坐起,稽首佛足,白曰:「世尊!我今自歸佛、法及比丘眾,唯願世尊受我為優婆塞,從今日始,終身自歸,乃至命盡。」佛說如是。波羅牢伽彌尼及諸比丘,聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。波羅牢經第十竟〔四千八百〕 中阿含經卷第四〔一萬八百十三字〕 中阿含業相應品第二竟〔二萬一千六十字〕〔初一日誦〕
The canonical text stands in Chinese only. This edition renders the essence, the plain reading, the exposition and the apparatus into English — never the sūtra itself. Switch to 漢讀本 or 並行雙語 above to read it.
東晉瞿曇僧伽提婆譯《中阿含經》卷第四,屬業相應品。本品十經,前七在卷第三,本卷收其後三,自第十八師子經至第二十波羅牢經。師子經記尼乾弟子師子大臣,以尼乾所說『沙門瞿曇宗本不可作』之語問世尊,世尊答以八事——不可作、可作、斷滅、可憎惡、法律、苦行、不入於胎、安隱,師子大臣終以三自歸;尼乾經為世尊告諸比丘,自述往詣諸尼乾,論難其『人所受皆因本作』之見,並說業不可因苦行而轉,比丘斷苦、斷欲以至漏盡,如來得五稱譽,及心生憂苦、心滅憂苦之五因緣;波羅牢經為世尊答波羅牢伽彌尼『沙門瞿曇知幻是幻』之問,破『殺生、不與取、妄言者,一切即於現法受報』之說,並為說名曰遠離之法定,波羅牢伽彌尼遠塵離垢,自歸於佛。本卷無偈,無攝頌。卷末題之後,有品末題一行。
〔0·題署〕(0440c19)經名是「中阿含經」〔T01 0440c19〕,這是「卷第四」〔T01 0440c19〕。譯署作「東晉罽賓三藏瞿曇僧伽提婆譯」〔T01 0440c21〕——東晉時,由罽賓來的三藏法師瞿曇僧伽提婆翻譯。本卷屬業相應品:品題與攝頌在卷第三品首;本品十經,前七在卷第三,本卷收其後三——師子經、尼乾經、波羅牢經。三經之後,以「中阿含經卷第四〔一萬八百十三字〕」〔T01 0448c08〕作結——卷末自標本卷一萬八百十三字;其次為品末題「中阿含業相應品第二竟〔二萬一千六十字〕〔初一日誦〕」〔T01 0448c09〕——業相應品至此而竟,自標本品二萬一千六十字,屬初一日誦。
〔18·眾多鞞舍離麗掣〕(0440c24)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛遊化於鞞舍離,住在獼猴水邊的高樓臺觀。那時,眾多鞞舍離的麗掣聚集在聽堂,屢屢稱歎佛,屢屢稱歎法及比丘眾。那時,尼乾弟子師子大臣也在眾中。這時,師子大臣想要前往見佛,供養禮事。師子大臣便先前往諸尼乾那裡,稟白尼乾:『諸尊!我想要前往見沙門瞿曇。』那時,尼乾呵斥師子:『你不要想見沙門瞿曇。為什麼呢?沙門瞿曇宗本〔宗本,即其所宗所立之本〕不可作,也為人說不可作之法。師子!如果見了宗本不可作的人,就不吉利;供養禮事,也不吉利。』
那眾多鞞舍離的麗掣再三聚集在聽堂,屢屢稱歎佛,屢屢稱歎法及比丘眾。那時,尼乾弟子師子大臣也再三在那眾中。這時,師子大臣也再三想要前往見佛,供養禮事。師子大臣便不向尼乾辭別,就前往詣佛,互相問訊,退坐一旁,這樣說:『我聽說:沙門瞿曇宗本不可作,也為人說不可作之法。瞿曇!如果這樣說:沙門瞿曇宗本不可作,也為人說不可作之法——那不是毀謗沙門瞿曇嗎?那說的是真實嗎?那說的是法嗎?那所說的法如法嗎?在如法之中,沒有過失、沒有可難詰之處嗎?』
世尊回答:『師子!如果這樣說:沙門瞿曇宗本不可作,也為人說不可作之法——那並不是毀謗沙門瞿曇!那說的是真實,那說的是法,那說的如法,於法沒有過失,也沒有可難詰之處。為什麼呢?師子!有一種事,因為這事的緣故,在如實之法上不能毀謗:沙門瞿曇宗本不可作,也為人說不可作之法。師子!又有一種事,因為這事的緣故,在如實之法上不能毀謗:沙門瞿曇宗本可作,也為人說可作之法。師子!又有一種事,因為這事的緣故,在如實之法上不能毀謗:沙門瞿曇宗本斷滅,也為人說斷滅之法。師子!又有一種事,因為這事的緣故,在如實之法上不能毀謗:沙門瞿曇宗本可惡,也為人說可憎惡之法。師子!又有一種事,因為這事的緣故,在如實之法上不能毀謗:沙門瞿曇宗本法、律,也為人說法、律之法。師子!又有一種事,因為這事的緣故,在如實之法上不能毀謗:沙門瞿曇宗本苦行,也為人說苦行之法。師子!又有一種事,因為這事的緣故,在如實之法上不能毀謗:沙門瞿曇宗本不入於胎,也為人說不入胎之法。師子!又有一種事,因為這事的緣故,在如實之法上不能毀謗:沙門瞿曇宗本安隱,也為人說安隱之法。
『師子!怎樣是有一種事,因為這事的緣故,在如實之法上不能毀謗:沙門瞿曇宗本不可作,也為人說不可作之法?師子!我說身惡行不可作,口、意惡行也不可作。師子!像這一類無量不善、穢污之法,是當來之有的根本、煩熱苦報、生老病死之因。師子!我說這些法全都不可作。師子!這叫作有一種事,因為這事的緣故,在如實之法上不能毀謗:沙門瞿曇宗本不可作,也為人說不可作之法。
『師子!怎樣是又有一種事,因為這事的緣故,在如實之法上不能毀謗:沙門瞿曇宗本可作,也為人說可作之法?師子!我說身妙行可作,口、意妙行也可作。師子!像這一類無量善法,給予樂果,受於樂報,生於善處而得長壽。師子!我說這些法全都應當可作。師子!這叫作有一種事,因為這事的緣故,不能毀謗:沙門瞿曇宗本可作,也為人說可作之法。
『師子!怎樣是又有一種事,因為這事的緣故,在如實之法上不能毀謗:沙門瞿曇宗本斷滅,也為人說斷滅之法?師子!我說身惡行應當斷滅,口、意惡行也應當斷滅。師子!像這一類無量不善、穢汙之法,是當來之有的根本、煩熱苦報、生老病死之因。師子!我說這些法全都應當斷滅。師子!這叫作有一種事,因為這事的緣故,在如實之法上不能毀謗:沙門瞿曇宗本斷滅,也為人說斷滅之法。
『師子!怎樣是又有一種事,因為這事的緣故,在如實之法上不能毀謗:沙門瞿曇宗本可惡,也為人說可憎惡之法?師子!我說身惡行可憎惡,口、意惡行也可憎惡。師子!像這一類無量不善、穢汙之法,是當來之有的根本、煩熱苦報、生老病死之因。師子!我說這些法全都可憎惡。師子!這叫作有一種事,因為這事的緣故,在如實之法上不能毀謗:沙門瞿曇宗本可惡,也為人說可憎惡之法。
『師子!怎樣是又有一種事,因為這事的緣故,在如實之法上不能毀謗:沙門瞿曇宗本法、律,也為人說法、律之法?師子!我為斷貪婬的緣故而說法、律,為斷瞋恚、愚癡的緣故而說法、律。師子!像這一類無量不善、穢汙之法,是當來之有的根本、煩熱苦報、生老病死之因。師子!我為斷除這些的緣故而說法、律。師子!這叫作有一種事,因為這事的緣故,在如實之法上不能毀謗:沙門瞿曇宗本法、律,也為人說法、律之法。
『師子!怎樣是又有一種事,因為這事的緣故,在如實之法上不能毀謗:沙門瞿曇宗本苦行,也為人說苦行之法?師子!或有沙門、梵志裸形無衣,或以手為衣,或以葉為衣,或以珠為衣;或不用瓶取水,或不用魁取水;不吃刀杖劫抄得來的食物,不吃欺妄得來的食物;不自己前往,不派遣使者;不來尊、不善尊、不住尊;如果有二人同食,不在其中而食;不在懷妊之家食,不在畜狗之家食;假使家中有糞蠅飛來,便不食。不噉魚,不吃肉,不飲酒,不飲惡水,或全都無所飲,學無飲之行;或噉一口,以一口為足,或二口、三、四,乃至七口,以七口為足;或吃一得,以一得為足,或二、三、四,乃至七得,以七得為足;或一日一食,以一食為足,或二、三、四、五、六、七日、半月、一月一食,以一食為足;或吃菜茹,或吃稗子,或吃穄米,或吃雜〔麩-夫+廣〕,或吃頭頭邏食,或吃麤食;或到無事之處,依於無事,或吃根,或吃果,或吃自落之果;或持連合衣,或持毛衣,或持頭舍衣,或持毛頭舍衣,或持全皮,或持穿皮,或持全穿皮;或持散髮,或持編髮,或持散編髮;或有剃髮,或有剃鬚,或剃鬚髮;或有拔髮,或有拔鬚,或拔鬚髮;或住立斷坐,或修蹲行;或有臥刺,以刺為床;或有臥果,以果為床;或有事水,晝夜以手抒水;或有事火,徹夜燃火;或事日、月、尊祐大德,向他們叉手。像這一類,受無量苦,學煩熱之行。師子!有這些苦行,我不說沒有。師子!然而這些苦行是下賤之業,至苦至困,是凡人所行,不是聖道。師子!如果有沙門、梵志,對那苦行之法,知其斷滅淨盡,拔絕其根,終竟不再生起,我說他是苦行。師子!如來、無所著、等正覺,對那苦行之法,知其斷滅淨盡,拔絕其根,終竟不再生起,所以我是苦行。師子!這叫作有一種事,因為這事的緣故,在如實之法上不能毀謗:沙門瞿曇宗本苦行,也為人說苦行之法。
『師子!怎樣是又有一種事,因為這事的緣故,在如實之法上不能毀謗:沙門瞿曇宗本不入於胎,也為人說不入胎之法?師子!如果有沙門、梵志,對當來的胎生,知其斷滅淨盡,拔絕其根,終竟不再生起,我說他不入於胎。師子!如來、無所著、等正覺,對當來之有的胎生,知其斷滅淨盡,拔絕其根,終竟不再生起,所以我不入於胎。師子!這叫作有一種事,因為這事的緣故,在如實之法上不能毀謗:沙門瞿曇宗本不入於胎,也為人說不入胎之法。
『師子!怎樣是又有一種事,因為這事的緣故,在如實之法上不能毀謗:沙門瞿曇宗本安隱,也為人說安隱之法?師子!族姓子之所以剃除鬚髮,著袈裟衣,至信捨家、無家學道,唯為無上梵行之究竟;我於現法中自知自覺,自作證成就遊:生已盡,梵行已立,所作已辦,不更受有,知如真。我自己安隱,也安隱其他的比丘、比丘尼、優婆塞、優婆夷。我安隱了他們,便使有生法的眾生從生法解脫;有老法、病法、死法、憂慼染汙法的眾生,從憂慼染污法解脫。師子!這叫作有一種事,因為這事的緣故,在如實之法上不能毀謗:沙門瞿曇宗本安隱,也為人說安隱之法。』
師子大臣稟白世尊:『瞿曇!我已經知道了;善逝!我已經理解了。瞿曇!好比明目之人,覆著的使它仰起,遮覆的為它揭開,迷途的為他指路,在黑暗中施以光明,有眼的人便見到色;沙門瞿曇也是這樣,為我以無量方便說法顯義,隨順其諸道。世尊!我現在自歸依於佛、法及比丘眾,唯願世尊接受我為優婆塞,從今天開始,終身自歸依,乃至命盡。
『世尊!好比有人養了不良的馬,希望得到它的利益,只是徒自疲勞,得不到利益。世尊!我也是這樣:那愚癡的尼乾不善於明了,不能自知,不識良田,而不自己審察,我長夜奉敬、供養、禮事,希望得到其利,徒然受苦,毫無益處。世尊!我現在再次自歸依佛、法及比丘眾,唯願世尊接受我為優婆塞,從今天開始,終身自歸依,乃至命盡。
『世尊!我本來無知,對愚癡的尼乾有信有敬,從今天起斷絕。為什麼呢?因為他們欺誑我的緣故。世尊!我現在第三次自歸依佛、法及比丘眾,唯願世尊接受我為優婆塞,從今天開始,終身自歸依,乃至命盡。』佛這樣說了。師子大臣及諸比丘聽了佛所說,歡喜奉行。底本於經末自標「師子經第八竟〔二千四百一十三字〕」〔T01 0442b28〕。
〔19·世尊告諸比丘〕(0442c02)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛遊化於釋羇瘦,住在天邑中。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『諸尼乾這樣見、這樣說:人所受的,都因本來所作;如果舊業因苦行而滅,不造新業,那麼諸業就盡;諸業盡了,就得苦盡;得苦盡了,就得苦邊。我便前往他們那裡,到了以後,就問:『尼乾!你們真的這樣見、這樣說:人所受的,都因本來所作;如果舊業因苦行而滅,不造新業,那麼諸業就盡;諸業盡了,就得苦盡;得苦盡了,就得苦邊嗎?』他們回答我:『是這樣,瞿曇!』我又問那些尼乾:『你們自己有淨智嗎:我是本有,還是本無?我是本來作惡,還是不作惡?我是這麼多的苦已盡,還是這麼多的苦未盡?如果已盡了,便得盡,就在現世斷諸不善,得眾善法,修習作證嗎?』他們回答我:『沒有,瞿曇!』
『我又對那些尼乾說:『你們自己沒有淨智:我是本有,還是本無;我是本來作惡,還是不作惡;我是這麼多的苦已盡,還是這麼多的苦未盡;如果已盡了,便得盡,就在現世斷諸不善,得眾善法,修習作證——卻這樣說:人所受的,都因本來所作;如果舊業因苦行而滅,不造新業,那麼諸業就盡;諸業盡了,就得苦盡;得苦盡了,就得苦邊。尼乾!如果你們自己有淨智:我是本有,還是本無;我是本來作惡,還是不作惡;我是這麼多的苦已盡,還是這麼多的苦未盡;如果已盡了,便得盡,就在現世斷諸不善,得眾善法,修習作證。尼乾!你們才可以這樣說:人所受的,都因本來所作;如果舊業因苦行而滅,不造新業,那麼諸業就盡;諸業盡了,就得苦盡;得苦盡了,就得苦邊。
『尼乾!好比有人身中毒箭,因為中了毒箭,就生極苦。他的親屬憐念愍傷,想要饒益安隱他,就請來拔箭金的醫生。箭金醫生來了,便用利刀為他開瘡;因開瘡時,又生極苦。開了瘡之後,尋求箭金;尋求箭金時,又生極苦。找到箭金之後,就拔出來;因拔出時,又生極苦。拔出箭金之後,以薄物覆瘡纏裹;因裹瘡時,又生極苦。他在拔出箭金之後,得力無患,諸根不壞,平復如故。尼乾!那人自己有淨智,便這樣想:『我本來中了毒箭,因為中了毒箭,就生極苦;我的諸親屬見了,憐念愍傷,想要饒益安隱我,就請來拔箭金的醫生;箭金醫生來了,便用利刀為我開瘡,因開瘡時,又生極苦;開了瘡之後,尋求箭金,尋求箭金時,又生極苦;找到箭金之後,就拔出來,因拔出時,又生極苦;拔出箭金之後,以薄物覆瘡纏裹,因裹瘡時,又生極苦;我在拔出箭金之後,得力無患,諸根不壞,平復如故。』
『這樣,尼乾!如果你們自己有淨智:我是本有,還是本無;我是本來作惡,還是不作惡;我是這麼多的苦已盡,還是這麼多的苦未盡;如果已盡了,便得盡,就在現世斷諸不善,得眾善法,修習作證。尼乾!你們才可以這樣說:人所受的,都因本來所作;如果舊業因苦行而滅,不造新業,那麼諸業就盡;諸業盡了,就得苦盡;得苦盡了,就得苦邊。我這樣問,不見諸尼乾能回答我說:『瞿曇!是這樣,不是這樣。』
『再者,我問諸尼乾:『如果諸尼乾有上等的斷、上等的苦行,那時諸尼乾生上等的苦嗎?』他們回答我:『是這樣,瞿曇!』『如果有中等的斷、中等的苦行,那時諸尼乾生中等的苦嗎?』他們回答我:『是這樣,瞿曇!』『如果有下等的斷、下等的苦行,那時諸尼乾生下等的苦嗎?』他們回答我:『是這樣,瞿曇!』這就是說:諸尼乾有上斷、上苦行,那時諸尼乾就生上苦;有中斷、中苦行,那時諸尼乾就生中苦;有下斷、下苦行,那時諸尼乾就生下苦。假使諸尼乾有上斷、上苦行,那時諸尼乾止息上苦;有中斷、中苦行,那時諸尼乾止息中苦;有下斷、下苦行,那時諸尼乾止息下苦。如果這樣作、不這樣作,而止息極苦、甚重之苦的話,應當知道,諸尼乾就是在現世作苦。但諸尼乾為癡所覆,為癡所纏,而這樣說:『人所受的,都因本來所作;如果舊業因苦行而滅,不造新業,那麼諸業就盡;諸業盡了,就得苦盡;得苦盡了,就得苦邊。』我這樣問,不見諸尼乾能回答我說:『瞿曇!是這樣,不是這樣。』
『再者,我問諸尼乾:『諸尼乾!如果有樂報之業,那業難道可以因斷、因苦行,轉作苦報嗎?』他們回答我:『不能,瞿曇!』『諸尼乾!如果有苦報之業,那業難道可以因斷、因苦行,轉作樂報嗎?』他們回答我:『不能,瞿曇!』『諸尼乾!如果有現法報之業,那業難道可以因斷、因苦行,轉作後生報嗎?』他們回答我:『不能,瞿曇!』『諸尼乾!如果有後生報之業,那業難道可以因斷、因苦行,轉作現法報嗎?』他們回答我:『不能,瞿曇!』『諸尼乾!如果有不熟報之業,那業難道可以因斷、因苦行,轉作熟報嗎?』他們回答我:『不能,瞿曇!』『諸尼乾!如果有熟報之業,那業難道可以因斷、因苦行,轉作別的嗎?』他們回答我:『不能,瞿曇!』『諸尼乾!這就是說:樂報之業,那業不可以因斷、因苦行,轉作苦報。諸尼乾!苦報之業,那業不可以因斷、因苦行,轉作樂報。諸尼乾!現法報之業,那業不可以因斷、因苦行,轉作後生報。諸尼乾!後生報之業,那業不可以因斷、因苦行,轉作現法報。諸尼乾!不熟之業,那業不可以因斷、因苦行,轉作熟報。諸尼乾!熟報之業,那業不可以因斷、因苦行,轉作別的。因此,諸尼乾!你們是虛妄的方便,空自斷而無所獲。』
『那些尼乾便回報我說:『瞿曇!我們有尊師,名叫親子尼乾,這樣說:『諸尼乾!你們如果本來作了惡業,那業都可以因這苦行而得滅盡;如果現在護持身、口、意,因此就不再更作惡業。』』我又問那些尼乾:『你們相信尊師親子尼乾,不疑惑嗎?』他們回答我:『瞿曇!我們相信尊師親子尼乾,沒有疑惑。』我又對那些尼乾說:『有五種法,現世有二報:信、樂、聞、念、見善觀。諸尼乾!人自己有虛妄之言,這是可信、可樂、可聞、可念、可見善觀的嗎?』他們回答我:『是這樣,瞿曇!』我又對那些尼乾說:『這虛妄之言,怎麼可信,怎麼可樂,怎麼可聞,怎麼可念,怎麼可善觀?就是說,人自己有虛妄之言,卻有信、有樂、有聞、有念、有善觀。』
『如果諸尼乾這樣說,在如法之中便得五種詰責,為可憎惡。是哪五種?如今這眾生所受的苦樂,都因本來所作;如果是這樣,諸尼乾等本來作了惡業。為什麼呢?因為那個緣故,諸尼乾如今受極重之苦。這叫作尼乾第一可憎惡。再者,眾生所受的苦樂,都因合會;如果是這樣,諸尼乾等本來是惡的合會。為什麼呢?因為那個緣故,諸尼乾如今受極重之苦。這叫作尼乾第二可憎惡。再者,眾生所受的苦樂,都因為命;如果是這樣,諸尼乾等本來是惡的為命。為什麼呢?因為那個緣故,諸尼乾如今受極重之苦。這叫作尼乾第三可憎惡。再者,眾生所受的苦樂,都因見;如果是這樣,諸尼乾等本來有惡見。為什麼呢?因為那個緣故,諸尼乾如今受極重之苦。這叫作尼乾第四可憎惡。再者,眾生所受的苦樂,都因尊祐所造;如果是這樣,諸尼乾等本來是惡的尊祐。為什麼呢?因為那個緣故,諸尼乾如今受極重之苦。這叫作尼乾第五可憎惡。如果諸尼乾因本來所作的惡業、惡合會、惡為命、惡見、惡尊祐,為惡尊祐所造,因為那個緣故,諸尼乾如今受極重之苦,這叫作因為那些事的緣故,諸尼乾等為可憎惡。
『我所自知、自覺之法,為你們說的,無論沙門、梵志,或天、魔、梵及其餘世間,都無能伏,都無能穢,都無能制。怎樣是我所自知、自覺之法,為你們說的,不是沙門、梵志,或天、魔、梵及其餘世間所能伏、所能穢、所能制?如果有比丘捨棄身不善業,修身善業,捨棄口、意不善業,修口、意善業,他對未來之苦,便自知:我沒有未來之苦。如法得樂,而不棄捨。他或想斷苦因,而行欲;或想斷苦因,而行捨欲。他如果想斷苦因而行欲,就修習他的行欲,已斷的,苦便得盡。他如果想斷苦因而行捨欲,就修習他的行捨欲,已斷的,苦便得盡。如果那比丘便這樣想:『隨著所為、隨著所行,不善法生而善法滅;如果自己斷苦,不善法滅而善法生。我現在寧可自己斷除那苦。』便自己斷苦。自己斷苦之後,不善法滅而善法生,不再斷苦。為什麼呢?比丘!本來所為的,其義已成;如果再斷苦,是沒有這道理的。
『比丘!好比箭工用檢來撓箭,那箭已經直了,就不再用檢。為什麼呢?那人本來所為的,其事已成;如果再用檢,是沒有這道理的。這樣,比丘便這樣想:『隨著所為、隨著所行,不善法生而善法滅;如果自己斷苦,不善法滅而善法生。我現在寧可自己斷除那苦。』便自己斷苦。自己斷苦之後,不善法滅而善法生,不再斷苦。為什麼呢?本來所為的,其義已成;如果再斷苦,是沒有這道理的。
『比丘!好比有人愛念、染著、敬待那個女人,然而那女人又與他人說話,互相問訊,往來止宿,那人因此身心生苦惱,極憂慼嗎?』比丘回答:『是這樣,世尊!為什麼呢?那人對那女人愛念、染著,極相敬待,而那女人又與他人說話,互相問訊,往來止宿,那人的身心怎能不生苦惱憂慼?』『比丘!假使那人這樣想:『我徒然愛念、敬待那女人,然而那女人又與他人說話,互相問訊,往來止宿;我現在寧可因為自苦自憂的緣故,斷除為那女人的愛念、染著嗎?』那人後來因為自苦自憂的緣故,便斷除為那女人的愛念、染著。如果那女人仍舊與他人說話,互相問訊,往來止宿,那人後來,身心難道還會再生苦惱,極憂慼嗎?』比丘回答:『不會,世尊!為什麼呢?那人對那女人已沒有愛念、染著之情;如果那女人仍舊與他人說話,互相問訊,往來止宿,假使那人因此身心又生苦惱、極憂慼,是沒有這道理的。』『這樣,比丘便這樣想:『隨著所為、隨著所行,不善法生而善法滅;如果自己斷除那苦,不善法滅而善法生。我現在寧可自己斷除那苦。』便自己斷苦。自己斷苦之後,不善法滅而善法生,不再斷苦。為什麼呢?本來所為的,其義已成;如果再斷苦,是沒有這道理的。
『他又這樣想:『凡有所因而斷其苦的,我已經斷了;然而我對於欲仍然未斷,我現在寧可求斷於欲。』便求斷欲。他為了斷欲,獨住遠離,在無事之處,或到樹下空閑安靜之處、山巖石室、露地穰積,或到林中,或在塚間。他已在無事之處,或到樹下空閑安靜之處,敷設尼師檀,結加趺坐,正身正願,反念不向,斷除貪伺,心無有諍,見他人的財物、種種生活用具,不起貪伺,不想要使我得到,他對於貪伺淨除其心。同樣,瞋恚、睡眠、掉悔,斷疑、度惑,對於諸善法沒有猶豫,他對於疑惑淨除其心。
『他已斷除這五蓋——心之穢、慧之羸——離欲,離惡不善之法,直至得第四禪成就遊。他得到這樣的定,心清淨,無穢無煩,柔軟善住,得不動心,趣向漏盡智通作證。他便知此苦如真,知此苦習、知此苦滅、知此苦滅道如真;也知此漏如真,知此漏習、知此漏滅、知此漏滅道如真。他這樣知、這樣見之後,欲漏心解脫,有漏、無明漏心解脫;解脫之後,便知解脫:生已盡,梵行已立,所作已辦,不更受有,知如真。
『如來這樣正心解脫,得五種稱譽,如法無諍,可愛可敬。是哪五種?那些眾生所受的苦樂,都因本來所作;如果是這樣,如來本來有妙業,因為那個緣故,如來如今得聖無漏之樂,寂靜止息而得樂覺。這叫作如來得第一稱譽。再者,眾生所受的苦樂,都因合會;如果是這樣,如來本來是妙的合會,因為那個緣故,如來如今得聖無漏之樂,寂靜止息而得樂覺。這叫作如來得第二稱譽。再者,眾生所受的苦樂,都因為命;如果是這樣,如來本來是妙的為命,因為那個緣故,如來如今得聖無漏之樂,寂靜止息而得樂覺。這叫作如來得第三稱譽。再者,眾生所受的苦樂,都因見;如果是這樣,如來本來是妙見,因為那個緣故,如來如今得聖無漏之樂,寂靜止息而得樂覺。這叫作如來得第四稱譽。再者,眾生所受的苦樂,都因尊祐所造;如果是這樣,如來本來是妙的尊祐,因為那個緣故,如來如今得聖無漏之樂,寂靜止息而得樂覺。這叫作如來得第五稱譽。這就是說,如來本來是妙業、妙合會、妙為命、妙見、妙尊祐,為妙尊祐所造,因為那個緣故,如來如今得聖無漏之樂,寂靜止息而得樂覺;因為這事的緣故,如來如今得五種稱譽。
『有五種因緣,心生憂苦。是哪五種?為婬欲所纏的人,因為婬欲纏的緣故,心生憂苦。同樣,為瞋恚、睡眠、掉悔、疑惑所纏的人,因為疑惑纏的緣故,心生憂苦。這叫作五種因緣,心生憂苦。有五種因緣,心滅憂苦。是哪五種?如果為婬欲所纏的人,因為婬欲纏的緣故,心生憂苦;除去婬欲纏之後,憂苦便滅。因婬欲纏而心生的憂苦,於現法中而得究竟,無煩無熱,常住不變,這是聖所知、聖所見。同樣,瞋恚、睡眠、掉悔;如果為疑惑所纏的人,因為疑惑纏的緣故,心生憂苦;除去疑惑纏之後,憂苦便滅。因疑惑纏而心生的憂苦,於現法中而得究竟,無煩無熱,常住不變,這是聖所知、聖所見。這叫作五種因緣,心滅憂苦。
『再者,更有於現法中而得究竟,無煩無熱,常住不變,是聖所知、聖所見的。怎樣是更有於現法中而得究竟,無煩無熱,常住不變,是聖所知、聖所見的?就是八支聖道,正見乃至正定,這是八支。這叫作更有於現法中而得究竟,無煩無熱,常住不變,是聖所知、聖所見的。』佛這樣說了。那些比丘聽了佛所說,歡喜奉行。底本於經末自標「尼乾經第九竟〔三千六百〕」〔T01 0445a24〕——自標三千六百,底本無「字」字。
〔20·波羅牢伽彌尼聞〕(0445a29)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛遊化於拘麗瘦,與大比丘眾在一起,前往北村,住在北村北邊的尸攝惒林中。那時,波羅牢伽彌尼聽說:沙門瞿曇是釋種之子,捨棄釋氏宗族,出家學道,遊化於拘麗瘦,與大比丘眾在一起,來到這北村,住在北村北邊的尸攝惒林中。那沙門瞿曇有大名稱,周聞十方:沙門瞿曇是如來、無所著、等正覺、明行成為、善逝、世間解、無上士、道法御、天人師,號佛、眾祐。他在此世間,於天及魔、梵,沙門、梵志,從人至天,自知自覺,自作證成就遊。他如果說法,初善、中善、竟亦善,有義有文,具足清淨,顯現梵行。如果見到如來、無所著、等正覺,尊重禮拜,供養承事,便快得善利。他這樣想:『我應當前往見沙門瞿曇,禮事供養。』
波羅牢伽彌尼聽了之後,從北村出來,向北走到尸攝惒林,想見世尊,禮事供養。波羅牢伽彌尼遠遠見到世尊在林中樹間,端正姝好,猶如星中之月,光曜暐曄,晃若金山,相好具足,威神巍巍,諸根寂定,無有蔽礙,成就調御,息心靜默。波羅牢伽彌尼遠遠見佛之後,前到佛所,互相問訊,退坐一旁,稟白世尊:『我聽說:沙門瞿曇知幻〔幻,即幻術〕是幻。瞿曇!如果這樣說:沙門瞿曇知幻是幻——那不是毀謗沙門瞿曇嗎?那說的是真實嗎?那說的是法嗎?那所說的法如法嗎?在如法之中,沒有過失、沒有可難詰之處嗎?』
世尊回答:『伽彌尼!如果這樣說:沙門瞿曇知幻是幻——那並不是毀謗沙門瞿曇!那說的是真實,那說的是法,那所說的法如法,於法沒有過失,也沒有可難詰之處。為什麼呢?伽彌尼!我知道那幻,我自己不是幻。』波羅牢說:『那些沙門、梵志所說的是真實,而我不信他們說沙門瞿曇知幻是幻。』世尊告訴他:『伽彌尼!知幻的人,就是幻嗎?』波羅牢稟白:『是這樣,世尊!是這樣,善逝!』
世尊告訴他:『伽彌尼!你不要自誤,毀謗於我;如果毀謗我,就是自損,有諍有犯,為聖賢所惡,而得大罪。為什麼呢?這實在不像你所說的。伽彌尼!你聽說拘麗瘦有卒〔供差遣的兵卒〕嗎?』回答:『聽說有。』『伽彌尼!你認為怎樣?拘麗瘦用這些卒做什麼?』回答:『瞿曇!是為了通使、殺賊,為這事的緣故,拘麗瘦畜養這些卒。』『伽彌尼!你認為怎樣?拘麗瘦的卒是有戒,還是無戒?』回答:『瞿曇!如果世間有無戒德的人,沒有超過拘麗瘦卒的。為什麼呢?拘麗瘦卒極犯禁戒,唯行惡法。』
世尊又問:『伽彌尼!你這樣見、這樣知。我不問你;如果他人問你:『波羅牢伽彌尼知道拘麗瘦卒極犯禁戒,唯行惡法;因這事的緣故,波羅牢伽彌尼極犯禁戒,唯行惡法。』如果這樣說,是真實之說嗎?』回答:『不是,瞿曇。為什麼呢?拘麗瘦卒見異、欲異,所願也異;拘麗瘦卒極犯禁戒,唯行惡法;我極持戒,不行惡法。』世尊又問:『伽彌尼!你知道拘麗瘦卒極犯禁戒,唯行惡法,然而不因此就是犯禁戒、唯行惡法;如來為什麼不能知幻而自己不是幻呢?為什麼呢?我知幻,知幻人,知幻報,知斷幻。伽彌尼!我也知殺生,知殺生之人,知殺生之報,知斷殺生。伽彌尼!我知不與取,知不與取之人,知不與取之報,知斷不與取。伽彌尼!我知妄言,知妄言之人,知妄言之報,知斷妄言。伽彌尼!我這樣知、這樣見。如果有人這樣說:沙門瞿曇知幻即是幻——他若不斷此語,隨著他的心、他的欲、他的願、他的聞、他的念、他的觀,就在如屈伸臂頃之間,命終生地獄中。』
波羅牢伽彌尼聽了之後,恐怖戰慄,身毛皆豎,就從座起,頭面禮足,長跪叉手,稟白世尊:『悔過,瞿曇!自從往昔,善逝!我如愚、如癡、如不定、如不善。為什麼呢?我妄說沙門瞿曇是幻。唯願瞿曇接受我的悔過,見罪發露;我悔過之後,護持不再更作。』世尊告訴他:『是這樣,伽彌尼!你實在如愚、如癡、如不定、如不善。為什麼呢?就是你對如來、無所著、等正覺妄說是幻。然而你能悔過,見罪發露,護持不再更作。這樣,伽彌尼!如果有人悔過,見罪發露,護持不再更作,就長養聖法而無有所失。』
於是,波羅牢伽彌尼向佛叉手,稟白世尊:『瞿曇!有一位沙門梵志這樣見、這樣說:『如果有殺生的人,他們一切都在現法中受報,因此生憂苦;如果有不與取、妄言的,他們一切都在現法中受報,因此生憂苦。』沙門瞿曇!你認為怎樣?』世尊告訴他:『伽彌尼!我現在問你,隨你所理解的回答。伽彌尼!你認為怎樣?如果在村邑中,或有一人,頭戴華鬘,以雜香塗身,而作倡樂,歌舞自娛,唯以女妓為樂,歡樂如王。如果有人問:『這人本來作了什麼,如今頭戴華鬘,以雜香塗身,而作倡樂,歌舞自娛,唯以女妓為樂,歡樂如王?』或有人回答:『這人為國王殺害怨家,國王歡喜之後,就給予賞賜,所以這人頭戴華鬘,以雜香塗身,而作倡樂,歌舞自娛,唯以女妓為樂,歡樂如王。』伽彌尼!你這樣見、這樣聞嗎?』回答:『見過,瞿曇!已經聽過,還會聽到。』
『伽彌尼!又見到國王收捕罪人,反綁兩手,打鼓宣令,押出南城門,坐在高標之下而斬其首。如果有人問:『這人有什麼罪,被國王所殺?』或有人回答:『這人枉殺王家無過之人,所以國王教令如此行刑。』伽彌尼!你這樣見、這樣聞嗎?』回答:『見過,瞿曇!已經聽過,還會聽到。』『伽彌尼!如果有沙門、梵志這樣見、這樣說:『如果有殺生,他們一切都在現法中受報,因此生憂苦。』他這是真實之說,還是虛妄之言?』回答:『是妄言,瞿曇!』『如果他說的是妄言,你心裡相信嗎?』回答:『不信,瞿曇!』世尊讚歎:『善哉!善哉!伽彌尼!』
世尊又問:『伽彌尼!你認為怎樣?如果在村邑中,或有一人,頭戴華鬘,以雜香塗身,而作倡樂,歌舞自娛,唯以女妓為樂,歡樂如王。如果有人問:『這人本來作了什麼,如今頭戴華鬘,以雜香塗身,而作倡樂,歌舞自娛,唯以女妓為樂,歡樂如王?』或有人回答:『這人在他國之中不與而取,所以這人頭戴華鬘,以雜香塗身,而作倡樂,歌舞自娛,唯以女妓為樂,歡樂如王。』伽彌尼!你這樣見、這樣聞嗎?』回答:『見過,瞿曇!已經聽過,還會聽到。』『伽彌尼!又見到國王收捕罪人,反綁兩手,打鼓宣令,押出南城門,坐在高標之下而斬其首。如果有人問:『這人有什麼罪,被國王所殺?』或有人回答:『這人在王國中不與而取,所以國王教令如此行刑。』伽彌尼!你這樣見、這樣聞嗎?』回答:『見過,瞿曇!已經聽過,還會聽到。』『伽彌尼!如果有沙門、梵志這樣見、這樣說:『如果有不與取,他們一切都在現法中受報,因此生憂苦。』他這是真實之說,還是虛妄之言?』回答:『是妄言,瞿曇!』『如果他說的是妄言,你心裡相信嗎?』回答:『不信,瞿曇!』世尊讚歎:『善哉!善哉!伽彌尼!』
世尊又問:『伽彌尼!你認為怎樣?如果在村邑中,或有一人,頭戴華鬘,以雜香塗身,而作倡樂,歌舞自娛,唯以女妓為樂,歡樂如王。如果有人問:『這人本來作了什麼,如今頭戴華鬘,以雜香塗身,而作倡樂,歌舞自娛,唯以女妓為樂,歡樂如王?』或有人回答:『這人作妓,能戲弄調笑,他以妄言令國王歡喜,國王歡喜之後,就給予賞賜,所以這人頭戴華鬘,以雜香塗身,而作倡樂,歌舞自娛,唯以女妓為樂,歡樂如王。』伽彌尼!你這樣見、這樣聞嗎?』回答:『見過,瞿曇!已經聽過,還會聽到。』『伽彌尼!又見到國王收捕罪人,用棒打殺,盛在木檻中,以露車載著,押出北城門,棄置壍中。如果有人問:『這人有什麼罪,被國王所殺?』或有人回答:『這人在國王面前虛妄作證,他以妄言欺誑國王,所以國王教令如此處置。』伽彌尼!你這樣見、這樣聞嗎?』回答:『見過,瞿曇!已經聽過,還會聽到。』『伽彌尼!你認為怎樣?如果有沙門、梵志這樣見、這樣說:『如果有妄言,他們一切都在現法中受報,因此生憂苦。』他這是真實之說,還是虛妄之言?』回答:『是妄言,瞿曇!』『如果他說的是妄言,你心裡相信嗎?』回答:『不信,瞿曇!』世尊讚歎:『善哉!善哉!伽彌尼!』
於是,波羅牢伽彌尼就從座起,偏袒著衣,向佛叉手,稟白世尊:『甚奇!瞿曇所說極妙,善喻善證。瞿曇!我在北村中造作高堂,敷設床褥,安立水器,點燃大明燈;如果有精進的沙門、梵志來宿高堂,我隨自己之力,供給所需。有四位論士,所見各異,互相違反,來集高堂。其中一位論士這樣見、這樣說:無施無齋,沒有呪說,沒有善惡業,沒有善惡業報,沒有此世彼世,無父無母,世間沒有真人往至善處、善去善向、於此世彼世自知自覺、自作證成就遊。
『第二位論士而有正見,反第一論士所見所知,這樣見、這樣說:『有施有齋,也有呪說;有善惡業,有善惡業報;有此世彼世,有父有母;世間有真人往至善處,善去善向,於此世彼世自知、自覺、自作證成就遊。』
『第三位論士這樣見、這樣說:自作、教人作,自斷、教人斷,自煮、教人煮,愁煩憂慼,搥胸懊惱,啼哭愚癡;殺生、不與取、邪婬、妄言、飲酒,穿牆開藏,到他人巷中劫掠,害村壞邑,破城滅國——作這樣事的人,不是作惡。又用鐵輪,利如剃刀,對此地一切眾生,在一日之中斫截斬剉,剝裂剬割,作成一團肉段,一分一積,因此沒有惡業,因此沒有惡業報。在恒水南岸殺、斷、煮去,在恒水北岸施與、作齋、呪說而來,因此無罪無福,因此無罪福之報。施與、調御、守護、攝持、稱譽、饒益,惠施、愛言、利及等利,因此無福,因此無福報。
『第四位論士而有正見,反第三論士所知、所見,這樣見、這樣說:自作、教人作,自斷、教人斷,自煮、教人煮,愁煩憂慼,搥胸懊惱,啼哭愚癡;殺生、不與取、邪婬、妄言、飲酒,穿墻開藏,到他人巷中劫掠,害村壞邑,破城滅國——作這樣事的人,實是作惡。又用鐵輪,利如剃刀,對此地一切眾生,在一日之中斫截斬剉,剝裂剬割,作成一團肉段,一分一積,因此有惡業,因此有惡業報。在恒水南岸殺、斷、煮去,在恒水北岸施與、作齋、呪說而來,因此有罪有福,因此有罪福之報。施與、調御、守護、攝持、稱譽、饒益,惠施、愛言、利及等利,因此有福,因此有福報。瞿曇!我聽了這些之後,便生疑惑:這些沙門、梵志,誰說的是真實,誰說的是虛妄?』
世尊告訴他:『伽彌尼!你不要生疑惑。為什麼呢?因為有疑惑,便生猶豫。伽彌尼!你自己沒有淨智:是有後世,還是沒有後世?伽彌尼!你又沒有淨智:所作是惡,還是所作是善?伽彌尼!有一種法之定,名叫遠離;你因這定,可得正念,可得一心。這樣,你在現法中便斷疑惑,而得昇進。』
於是,波羅牢伽彌尼又從座起,偏袒著衣,向佛叉手,稟白世尊:『瞿曇!怎樣是法定,名叫遠離,使我因此可得正念,可得一心,這樣我在現法中便斷疑惑,而得昇進?』
世尊告訴他:『伽彌尼!多聞聖弟子離殺、斷殺,斷不與取、邪婬、妄言,直至斷邪見,得正見。他白天教人田作耕稼,到了傍晚放下休息,入室坐定,過了夜,天曉時這樣想:『我離殺、斷殺,斷不與取、邪婬、妄言,直至斷邪見,得正見。』他便自己見到:我斷了十惡業道,念十善業道。他自己見到斷了十惡業道、念十善業道之後,便生歡悅;生歡悅之後,便生喜;生喜之後,便止息身;止息身之後,便身覺樂;身覺樂之後,便得一心。伽彌尼!多聞聖弟子得一心之後,就心與慈俱,遍滿一方成就遊;同樣,二方、三方、四方,四維上下,普周一切,心與慈俱,無結無怨,無恚無諍,極廣甚大,無量善修,遍滿一切世間成就遊。他這樣想:『如果有沙門、梵志這樣見、這樣說:無施無齋,沒有呪說,沒有善惡業,沒有善惡業報,沒有此世彼世,無父無母,世間沒有真人往至善處、善去善向、於此世彼世自知自覺、自作證成就遊——如果那沙門、梵志所說的是真實,我不犯世間之怖與不怖,常當慈愍一切世間,我的心不與眾生共諍,無濁而歡悅。我如今得無上人上之法,昇進而得安樂居,就是遠離法定。那沙門、梵志所說,不是不非。』不是不非之後,得內心止。伽彌尼!這叫作法定,名叫遠離;你因這定,可得正念,可得一心,這樣你在現法中便斷疑惑,而得昇進。
『再者,伽彌尼!多聞聖弟子離殺、斷殺,斷不與取、邪婬、妄言,直至斷邪見,得正見。他白天教人田作耕稼,到了傍晚放下休息,入室坐定,過了夜,天曉時這樣想:『我離殺、斷殺,斷不與取、邪婬、妄言,直至斷邪見,得正見。』他便自己見到:我斷了十惡業道,念十善業道。他自己見到斷了十惡業道、念十善業道之後,便生歡悅;生歡悅之後,便生喜;生喜之後,便止息身;止息身之後,便身覺樂;身覺樂之後,便得一心。伽彌尼!多聞聖弟子得一心之後,就心與悲俱,遍滿一方成就遊;同樣,二方、三方、四方,四維上下,普周一切,心與悲俱,無結無怨,無恚無諍,極廣甚大,無量善修,遍滿一切世間成就遊。他這樣想:『如果沙門、梵志這樣見、這樣說:『有施有齋,也有呪說;有善惡業,有善惡業報;有此世彼世,有父有母;世間有真人往至善處,善去善向,於此世彼世自知、自覺、自作證成就遊。』如果那沙門、梵志所說的是真實,我不犯世間之怖與不怖,常當慈愍一切世間,我的心不與眾生共諍,無濁而歡悅。我得無上人上之法,昇進而得安樂居,就是遠離法定。那沙門、梵志所說,不是不非。』不是不非之後,得內心止。伽彌尼!這叫作法定,名叫遠離;你因這定,可得正念,可得一心,這樣在現法中便斷疑惑,而得昇進。
『再者,伽彌尼!多聞聖弟子離殺、斷殺,斷不與取、邪婬、妄言,直至斷邪見,得正見。他白天教人田作耕稼,到了傍晚放下休息,入室坐定,過了夜,天曉時這樣想:『我離殺、斷殺,斷不與取、邪婬、妄言,直至斷邪見,得正見。』他便自己見到:我斷了十惡業道,念十善業道。他自己見到斷了十惡業道、念十善業道之後,便生歡悅;生歡悅之後,便生喜;生喜之後,便止息身;止息身之後,便身覺樂;身覺樂之後,便得一心。伽彌尼!多聞聖弟子得一心之後,就心與喜俱,遍滿一方成就遊;同樣,二方、三方、四方,四維上下,普周一切,心與喜俱,無結無怨,無恚無諍,極廣甚大,無量善修,遍滿一切世間成就遊。他這樣想:『如果有沙門、梵志這樣見、這樣說:自作、教人作,自斷、教人斷,自煮、教人煮,愁煩憂慼,搥胷懊惱,啼哭愚癡;殺生、不與取、邪婬、妄言、飲酒,穿墻開藏,到他人巷中劫掠,害村壞邑,破城滅國——作這樣事的人,實是不作惡。又用鐵輪,利如剃刀,對此地一切眾生,在一日之中斫截斬剉,剝裂剬割,作成一團肉段,一分一積,因此沒有惡業,因此沒有惡業報。在恒水南岸殺、斷、煮去,在恒水北岸施與、作齋、呪說而來,因此無罪無福,因此無罪福之報。施與、調御、守護、攝持、稱譽、饒益,惠施、愛言、利及等利,因此無福,因此無福報。如果那沙門、梵志所說的是真實,我不犯世間之怖與不怖,常當慈愍一切世間,我的心不與眾生共諍,無濁而歡悅。我如今得無上人上之法,昇進而得安樂居,就是遠離法定。』他對那沙門、梵志所說,不是不非;不是不非之後,內得心止。伽彌尼!這叫作法定,名叫遠離;你因這定,可得正念,可得一心,這樣你在現法中便斷疑惑,而得昇進。
『再者,伽彌尼!多聞聖弟子離殺、斷殺,斷不與取、邪婬、妄言,直至斷邪見,得正見。他白天教人田作耕稼,到了傍晚放下休息,入室坐定,過了夜,天曉時這樣想:『我離殺、斷殺,斷不與取、邪婬、妄言,直至斷邪見,得正見。』他便自己見到:我斷了十惡業道,念十善業道。他自己見到斷了十惡業道、念十善業道之後,便生歡悅;生歡悅之後,便生喜;生喜之後,便止息身;止息身之後,便身覺樂;身覺樂之後,便得一心。伽彌尼!多聞聖弟子得一心之後,就心與捨俱,遍滿一方成就遊;同樣,二方、三方、四方,四維上下,普周一切,心與捨俱,無結無怨,無恚無諍,極廣甚大,無量善修,遍滿一切世間成就遊。他這樣想:『如果有沙門、梵志這樣見、這樣說:自作、教人作,自斷、教人斷,自煮、教人煮,愁煩憂慼,搥胸懊惱,啼哭愚癡;殺生、不與取、邪婬、妄言、飲酒,穿墻開藏,到他人巷中劫掠,害村壞邑,破城滅國——作這樣事的人,實是作惡。又用鐵輪,利如剃刀,對此地一切眾生,在一日之中斫截斬剉,剝裂剬割,作成一團肉段,一分一積,因此有惡業,因此有惡業報。在恒水南岸殺、斷、煮去,在恒水北岸施與、作齋、呪說而求,因此有罪有福,因此有罪福之報。施與、調御、守護、攝持、稱譽、饒益,惠施、愛言、利及等利,因此有福,因此有福報。如果那沙門、梵志所說的是真實,我不犯世間之怖與不怖,常當慈愍一切世間,我的心不與眾生共諍,無濁而歡悅。我得無上人上之法,昇進而得樂居,就是遠離法定。』他對那沙門、梵志所說,不是不非;不是不非之後,得內心止。伽彌尼!這叫作法定,名叫遠離;你因這定,可得正念,可得一心,這樣在現法中便斷疑惑,而得昇進。』
世尊說這法時,波羅牢伽彌尼遠塵離垢,諸法淨眼生。於是,波羅牢伽彌尼見法、得法,覺白淨法,斷疑度惑,更無餘尊,不再隨從他人,沒有猶豫,已住果證,於世尊之法得無所畏。他就從座起,稽首佛足,稟白:『世尊!我現在自歸依佛、法及比丘眾,唯願世尊接受我為優婆塞,從今天開始,終身自歸依,乃至命盡。』佛這樣說了。波羅牢伽彌尼及諸比丘,聽了佛所說,歡喜奉行。底本於經末自標「波羅牢經第十竟〔四千八百〕」〔T01 0448c07〕——自標四千八百,底本無「字」字。
Fascicle 4 of the Madhyama Āgama, translated in the Eastern Jin by Gautama Saṅghadeva, belongs to the Chapter on Action. The chapter has ten discourses; the first seven are in Fascicle 3, and this fascicle holds the last three, from the eighteenth, the Discourse to Siṃha, to the twentieth, the Discourse to Pāṭaliya. The Discourse to Siṃha records how the minister Siṃha, a disciple of the Nirgranthas, asked the World-Honored One about the words spoken by the Nirgranthas, “the ascetic Gautama holds as his tenet what is not to be done”, and how the World-Honored One answered with eight things—what is not to be done, what is to be done, annihilation, the detestable, the Dharma and discipline, ascetic practice, not entering a womb, and security—and the minister Siṃha at last took refuge three times; in the Discourse on the Nirgranthas the World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus, relating for himself how he went to the Nirgranthas and disputed their view that “whatever a person experiences is all due to what was done before”, and he also says that action cannot be turned by ascetic practice, how a bhikṣu severs suffering and severs desire up to the ending of the outflows, the five praises the Tathāgata gains, and the five causes by which the mind gives rise to sorrow and pain and by which sorrow and pain cease in the mind; in the Discourse to Pāṭaliya the World-Honored One answers Pāṭaliya the Gāmaṇi’s question about “the ascetic Gautama knows illusion to be illusion”, refutes the claim that “those who kill, take what is not given, and speak falsely all experience the result in this very life”, and teaches him the concentration on the Dharma called seclusion, and Pāṭaliya the Gāmaṇi, dust removed and stain left behind, takes refuge in the Buddha. This fascicle has no verses and no summary verse. After the closing title of the fascicle there is one line of the closing title of the chapter.
〔0 · Title〕(0440c19)The title of the sūtra is “Madhyama Āgama”, and this is “Fascicle 4”. The translator’s attribution reads “translated by Gautama Saṅghadeva, the Tripiṭaka master of Kaśmīra, in the Eastern Jin”—in the Eastern Jin, it was translated by Gautama Saṅghadeva, the Tripiṭaka master who came from Kaśmīra. This fascicle belongs to the Chapter on Action: the chapter title and the summary verse are at the head of the chapter in Fascicle 3; of the ten discourses of this chapter, the first seven are in Fascicle 3, and this fascicle holds the last three—the Discourse to Siṃha, the Discourse on the Nirgranthas, and the Discourse to Pāṭaliya. After the three discourses it closes with “Madhyama Āgama, Fascicle 4 [ten thousand eight hundred and thirteen characters]”—the end of the fascicle marks this fascicle as ten thousand eight hundred and thirteen characters; next comes the closing title of the chapter, “Chapter on Action of the Madhyama Āgama, the Second, ends [twenty-one thousand and sixty characters] [first-day recitation]”—the Chapter on Action ends here, marking itself as twenty-one thousand and sixty characters and belonging to the first-day recitation.
〔18 · Many Licchavis of Vaiśālī〕(0440c24)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Vaiśālī, in the storied hall by the Monkey Pond. At that time many Licchavis of Vaiśālī had gathered in the assembly hall, repeatedly praising the Buddha, repeatedly praising the Dharma and the community of bhikṣus. At that time the minister Siṃha, a disciple of the Nirgranthas, was also in the assembly. Then the minister Siṃha wished to go to see the Buddha, to make offerings and serve him with homage. The minister Siṃha first went to the Nirgranthas and said to the Nirgranthas: “Sirs! I wish to go to see the ascetic Gautama.” At that time the Nirgrantha rebuked Siṃha: “Do not wish to see the ascetic Gautama. Why is that? The ascetic Gautama holds as his tenet [tenet: that is, the basis he upholds and on which he takes his stand] what is not to be done, and teaches others the dharma of what is not to be done. Siṃha! If one sees one who holds as his tenet what is not to be done, it is not auspicious; to make offerings and serve him with homage is not auspicious either.”
The many Licchavis of Vaiśālī gathered in the assembly hall a second and a third time, repeatedly praising the Buddha, repeatedly praising the Dharma and the community of bhikṣus. At that time the minister Siṃha, a disciple of the Nirgranthas, was also in that assembly a second and a third time. Then the minister Siṃha also wished a second and a third time to go to see the Buddha, to make offerings and serve him with homage. The minister Siṃha then went without taking leave of the Nirgranthas, went to the Buddha, exchanged greetings, withdrew, and sat to one side, and spoke thus: “I have heard: the ascetic Gautama holds as his tenet what is not to be done, and teaches others the dharma of what is not to be done. Gautama! If it is said thus—the ascetic Gautama holds as his tenet what is not to be done, and teaches others the dharma of what is not to be done—is that not slandering the ascetic Gautama? Does that one speak truly? Does that one speak the Dharma? Does that one speak the Dharma in accordance with the Dharma? With regard to what accords with the Dharma, is there no fault and nothing to be challenged?”
The World-Honored One answered: “Siṃha! If it is said thus—the ascetic Gautama holds as his tenet what is not to be done, and teaches others the dharma of what is not to be done—that is not slandering the ascetic Gautama! That one speaks truly, that one speaks the Dharma, that one speaks in accordance with the Dharma; with regard to the Dharma there is no fault, and nothing to be challenged either. Why is that? Siṃha! There is a ground, and because of that ground, one cannot slander with regard to the true Dharma: the ascetic Gautama holds as his tenet what is not to be done, and teaches others the dharma of what is not to be done. Siṃha! There is again a ground, and because of that ground, one cannot slander with regard to the true Dharma: the ascetic Gautama holds as his tenet what is to be done, and teaches others the dharma of what is to be done. Siṃha! There is again a ground, and because of that ground, one cannot slander with regard to the true Dharma: the ascetic Gautama holds annihilation as his tenet, and teaches others the dharma of annihilation. Siṃha! There is again a ground, and because of that ground, one cannot slander with regard to the true Dharma: the ascetic Gautama holds the detestable as his tenet, and teaches others the dharma of what is detestable. Siṃha! There is again a ground, and because of that ground, one cannot slander with regard to the true Dharma: the ascetic Gautama holds the Dharma and discipline as his tenet, and teaches others the dharma of the Dharma and discipline. Siṃha! There is again a ground, and because of that ground, one cannot slander with regard to the true Dharma: the ascetic Gautama holds ascetic practice as his tenet, and teaches others the dharma of ascetic practice. Siṃha! There is again a ground, and because of that ground, one cannot slander with regard to the true Dharma: the ascetic Gautama holds not entering a womb as his tenet, and teaches others the dharma of not entering a womb. Siṃha! There is again a ground, and because of that ground, one cannot slander with regard to the true Dharma: the ascetic Gautama holds security as his tenet, and teaches others the dharma of security.
“Siṃha! How is it that there is a ground, and because of that ground, one cannot slander with regard to the true Dharma: the ascetic Gautama holds as his tenet what is not to be done, and teaches others the dharma of what is not to be done? Siṃha! I say that bodily misconduct is not to be done, and verbal and mental misconduct are also not to be done. Siṃha! Such measureless unwholesome and defiled dharmas are the root of future existence, painful results of vexation and burning, and the cause of birth, aging, sickness, and death. Siṃha! I say that these dharmas are all not to be done. Siṃha! This is called there being a ground, and because of that ground, one cannot slander with regard to the true Dharma: the ascetic Gautama holds as his tenet what is not to be done, and teaches others the dharma of what is not to be done.
“Siṃha! How is it that there is again a ground, and because of that ground, one cannot slander with regard to the true Dharma: the ascetic Gautama holds as his tenet what is to be done, and teaches others the dharma of what is to be done? Siṃha! I say that bodily good conduct is to be done, and verbal and mental good conduct are also to be done. Siṃha! Such measureless wholesome dharmas bring pleasant fruit, one experiences a pleasant result, and is born in a good place and gains long life. Siṃha! I say that these dharmas should all be done. Siṃha! This is called there being a ground, and because of that ground, one cannot slander: the ascetic Gautama holds as his tenet what is to be done, and teaches others the dharma of what is to be done.
“Siṃha! How is it that there is again a ground, and because of that ground, one cannot slander with regard to the true Dharma: the ascetic Gautama holds annihilation as his tenet, and teaches others the dharma of annihilation? Siṃha! I say that bodily misconduct should be annihilated, and verbal and mental misconduct should also be annihilated. Siṃha! Such measureless unwholesome and defiled dharmas are the root of future existence, painful results of vexation and burning, and the cause of birth, aging, sickness, and death. Siṃha! I say that these dharmas should all be annihilated. Siṃha! This is called there being a ground, and because of that ground, one cannot slander with regard to the true Dharma: the ascetic Gautama holds annihilation as his tenet, and teaches others the dharma of annihilation.
“Siṃha! How is it that there is again a ground, and because of that ground, one cannot slander with regard to the true Dharma: the ascetic Gautama holds the detestable as his tenet, and teaches others the dharma of what is detestable? Siṃha! I say that bodily misconduct is detestable, and verbal and mental misconduct are also detestable. Siṃha! Such measureless unwholesome and defiled dharmas are the root of future existence, painful results of vexation and burning, and the cause of birth, aging, sickness, and death. Siṃha! I say that these dharmas are all detestable. Siṃha! This is called there being a ground, and because of that ground, one cannot slander with regard to the true Dharma: the ascetic Gautama holds the detestable as his tenet, and teaches others the dharma of what is detestable.
“Siṃha! How is it that there is again a ground, and because of that ground, one cannot slander with regard to the true Dharma: the ascetic Gautama holds the Dharma and discipline as his tenet, and teaches others the dharma of the Dharma and discipline? Siṃha! For the severing of lust I teach the Dharma and discipline, and for the severing of hatred and delusion I teach the Dharma and discipline. Siṃha! Such measureless unwholesome and defiled dharmas are the root of future existence, painful results of vexation and burning, and the cause of birth, aging, sickness, and death. Siṃha! For the severing of these I teach the Dharma and discipline. Siṃha! This is called there being a ground, and because of that ground, one cannot slander with regard to the true Dharma: the ascetic Gautama holds the Dharma and discipline as his tenet, and teaches others the dharma of the Dharma and discipline.
“Siṃha! How is it that there is again a ground, and because of that ground, one cannot slander with regard to the true Dharma: the ascetic Gautama holds ascetic practice as his tenet, and teaches others the dharma of ascetic practice? Siṃha! There are śramaṇas and brāhmaṇas who go naked without clothes, or use their hands as clothes, or use leaves as clothes, or use beads as clothes; or do not take water with a jar, or do not take water with a ladle; they do not eat food gained by knife and staff or by robbery, do not eat food gained by deceit; they do not go themselves, do not send a messenger; not “come, honored one”, not “good, honored one”, not “stay, honored one”; if two people are eating together, they do not eat among them; they do not eat at a house where there is a pregnant woman, do not eat at a house where dogs are kept; if dung-flies come flying in the house, they do not eat. They do not eat fish, do not eat meat, do not drink wine, do not drink bad water, or drink nothing at all, training in the practice of not drinking; or eat one mouthful, taking one mouthful as enough, or two mouthfuls, three, four, up to seven mouthfuls, taking seven mouthfuls as enough; or eat one portion received, taking one portion as enough, or two, three, four, up to seven portions, taking seven portions as enough; or eat once a day, taking one meal as enough, or once in two, three, four, five, six, or seven days, half a month, or a month, taking one meal as enough; or eat vegetables, or eat barnyard millet, or eat broomcorn millet, or eat mixed [a composite character, given in the base text by its parts], or eat toutouluo food, or eat coarse food; or go to a place free of affairs and rely on freedom from affairs, or eat roots, or eat fruit, or eat fruit fallen of itself; or wear patched-together robes, or wear robes of hair, or wear toushe robes, or wear robes of hair and toushe, or wear whole hides, or wear pierced hides, or wear whole pierced hides; or wear the hair loose, or wear it braided, or wear it loose and braided; or shave the hair, or shave the beard, or shave beard and hair; or pluck out the hair, or pluck out the beard, or pluck out beard and hair; or stand continually, cutting off sitting, or practice squatting; or lie on thorns, taking thorns as a bed; or lie on fruit, taking fruit as a bed; or serve water, scooping water with the hands day and night; or serve fire, keeping a fire burning all night; or serve the sun, the moon, lords and great persons, joining their palms toward them. Such as these undergo measureless suffering and train in practices of vexation and burning. Siṃha! I do not say that this ascetic practice does not exist. Siṃha! But this ascetic practice is a base undertaking, utterly painful and utterly hard, practiced by ordinary people, not the noble path. Siṃha! If there are śramaṇas and brāhmaṇas who, with regard to that dharma of ascetic practice, know it to be severed and exhausted, pulled out by the root, never to arise again, I say that they practice asceticism. Siṃha! The Tathāgata, the Unattached, the Rightly and Fully Awakened, with regard to that dharma of ascetic practice, knows it to be severed and exhausted, pulled out by the root, never to arise again, and therefore I practice asceticism. Siṃha! This is called there being a ground, and because of that ground, one cannot slander with regard to the true Dharma: the ascetic Gautama holds ascetic practice as his tenet, and teaches others the dharma of ascetic practice.
“Siṃha! How is it that there is again a ground, and because of that ground, one cannot slander with regard to the true Dharma: the ascetic Gautama holds not entering a womb as his tenet, and teaches others the dharma of not entering a womb? Siṃha! If there are śramaṇas and brāhmaṇas who, with regard to future birth from a womb, know it to be severed and exhausted, pulled out by the root, never to arise again, I say that they do not enter a womb. Siṃha! The Tathāgata, the Unattached, the Rightly and Fully Awakened, with regard to birth from a womb in future existence, knows it to be severed and exhausted, pulled out by the root, never to arise again, and therefore I do not enter a womb. Siṃha! This is called there being a ground, and because of that ground, one cannot slander with regard to the true Dharma: the ascetic Gautama holds not entering a womb as his tenet, and teaches others the dharma of not entering a womb.
“Siṃha! How is it that there is again a ground, and because of that ground, one cannot slander with regard to the true Dharma: the ascetic Gautama holds security as his tenet, and teaches others the dharma of security? Siṃha! The reason a son of good family shaves off hair and beard, puts on the dyed robe, and with faith leaves home, goes forth from home, and trains in the way, is solely for the consummation of the unsurpassed holy life; in this very life I know and realize for myself and dwell having attained realization: birth is ended, the holy life is established, what was to be done is done, I do not receive any further existence, and I know it as it really is. I am myself secure and make others secure, bhikṣus, bhikṣuṇīs, upāsakas, and upāsikās. Having made them secure, I cause beings subject to birth to be liberated from birth, and beings subject to aging, subject to sickness, subject to death, subject to sorrow and defilement, to be liberated from what is subject to sorrow and defilement. Siṃha! This is called there being a ground, and because of that ground, one cannot slander with regard to the true Dharma: the ascetic Gautama holds security as his tenet, and teaches others the dharma of security.”
The minister Siṃha said to the World-Honored One: “Gautama! I have understood; Well-Gone One! I have comprehended. Gautama! It is like a person with clear eyes, who turns up what is overturned, uncovers what is covered, shows the way to the lost, and brings light into darkness, so that those with eyes see forms; the ascetic Gautama is likewise so: for me, by measureless means, he has taught the Dharma and revealed its meaning, in accord with its various paths. World-Honored One! I now take refuge in the Buddha, the Dharma, and the community of bhikṣus; I only wish that the World-Honored One would accept me as an upāsaka; from this day on, for life, I take refuge, until life ends.
“World-Honored One! It is like a person who keeps a bad horse, hoping to gain some benefit from it, and only wears himself out in vain and gains no benefit. World-Honored One! I too am like this: those foolish Nirgranthas were not good at clear understanding, could not know for themselves, did not recognize a good field, and did not examine for themselves; through the long night I paid them reverence, made offerings to them, and served them with homage, hoping to gain their benefit, suffering in vain to no benefit. World-Honored One! I now take refuge a second time in the Buddha, the Dharma, and the community of bhikṣus; I only wish that the World-Honored One would accept me as an upāsaka; from this day on, for life, I take refuge, until life ends.
“World-Honored One! I was formerly without knowledge, and had faith and respect for the foolish Nirgranthas; from this day I cut it off. Why is that? Because they deceived me. World-Honored One! I now take refuge a third time in the Buddha, the Dharma, and the community of bhikṣus; I only wish that the World-Honored One would accept me as an upāsaka; from this day on, for life, I take refuge, until life ends.” Thus spoke the Buddha. The minister Siṃha and the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly. At the end of the discourse the base text marks “The Discourse to Siṃha, the eighth, ends [two thousand four hundred and thirteen characters]”.
〔19 · The World-Honored One Addressed the Bhikṣus〕(0442c02)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying among the Śākyas, in the Heavenly Town. At that time the World-Honored One addressed the bhikṣus: “The Nirgranthas see thus and say thus: whatever a person experiences is all due to what was done before; if old action is exhausted through ascetic practice and no new is made, then all actions are ended; when all actions are ended, suffering is ended; when suffering is ended, the end of suffering is reached. I then went to them, and having arrived, I asked: ‘Nirgranthas! Do you truly see thus and say thus: whatever a person experiences is all due to what was done before; if old action is exhausted through ascetic practice and no new is made, then all actions are ended; when all actions are ended, suffering is ended; when suffering is ended, the end of suffering is reached?’ They answered me: ‘So it is, Gautama!’ I asked those Nirgranthas again: ‘Do you yourselves have pure knowledge whether I existed before or did not exist before, whether I did evil before or did not do evil, whether so much of my suffering is exhausted or so much of my suffering is not exhausted? If it is already exhausted, then exhaustion is gained, and in this very world one severs all unwholesome things, gains the many wholesome dharmas, and cultivates and realizes them?’ They answered me: ‘No, Gautama!’
“I said to those Nirgranthas again: ‘You yourselves have no pure knowledge whether I existed before or did not exist before; whether I did evil before or did not do evil; whether so much of my suffering is exhausted or so much of my suffering is not exhausted; whether, if it is already exhausted, exhaustion is gained, and in this very world one severs all unwholesome things, gains the many wholesome dharmas, and cultivates and realizes them—and yet you say thus: whatever a person experiences is all due to what was done before; if old action is exhausted through ascetic practice and no new is made, then all actions are ended; when all actions are ended, suffering is ended; when suffering is ended, the end of suffering is reached. Nirgranthas! If you yourselves had pure knowledge whether I existed before or did not exist before; whether I did evil before or did not do evil; whether so much of my suffering is exhausted or so much of my suffering is not exhausted; whether, if it is already exhausted, exhaustion is gained, and in this very world one severs all unwholesome things, gains the many wholesome dharmas, and cultivates and realizes them—Nirgranthas! then you might say thus: whatever a person experiences is all due to what was done before; if old action is exhausted through ascetic practice and no new is made, then all actions are ended; when all actions are ended, suffering is ended; when suffering is ended, the end of suffering is reached.’
“Nirgranthas! It is like a person whose body is struck by a poisoned arrow; because he is struck by the poisoned arrow, extreme suffering arises. His relatives, with kind concern and pity, wishing to benefit him and make him secure, then call a physician who draws out arrowheads. When the arrowhead physician comes, he opens the wound for him with a sharp knife; because the wound is opened, extreme suffering arises again. Having opened the wound, he searches for the arrowhead; while the arrowhead is searched for, extreme suffering arises again. Having found the arrowhead, he draws it out; because it is drawn out, extreme suffering arises again. Having drawn out the arrowhead, he covers the wound with a thin covering and binds it; because the wound is bound, extreme suffering arises again. After the arrowhead has been drawn out, he gains strength and is without affliction, his faculties unimpaired, restored to what he was before. Nirgranthas! That person himself has pure knowledge, and thinks thus: ‘I was formerly struck by a poisoned arrow; because I was struck by the poisoned arrow, extreme suffering arose; my relatives saw it, and with kind concern and pity, wishing to benefit me and make me secure, called a physician who draws out arrowheads; when the arrowhead physician came, he opened the wound for me with a sharp knife, and because the wound was opened, extreme suffering arose again; having opened the wound, he searched for the arrowhead, and while the arrowhead was searched for, extreme suffering arose again; having found the arrowhead, he drew it out, and because it was drawn out, extreme suffering arose again; having drawn out the arrowhead, he covered the wound with a thin covering and bound it, and because the wound was bound, extreme suffering arose again; after the arrowhead was drawn out, I gained strength and was without affliction, my faculties unimpaired, restored to what I was before.’
“In this way, Nirgranthas! If you yourselves had pure knowledge whether I existed before or did not exist before; whether I did evil before or did not do evil; whether so much of my suffering is exhausted or so much of my suffering is not exhausted; whether, if it is already exhausted, exhaustion is gained, and in this very world one severs all unwholesome things, gains the many wholesome dharmas, and cultivates and realizes them—Nirgranthas! then you might say thus: whatever a person experiences is all due to what was done before; if old action is exhausted through ascetic practice and no new is made, then all actions are ended; when all actions are ended, suffering is ended; when suffering is ended, the end of suffering is reached. When I asked thus, I did not see the Nirgranthas able to answer me: ‘Gautama! It is so; it is not so.’
“Further, I asked the Nirgranthas: ‘If the Nirgranthas have intense severing and intense ascetic practice, does intense suffering arise for the Nirgranthas at that time?’ They answered me: ‘So it is, Gautama!’ ‘If there is moderate severing and moderate ascetic practice, does moderate suffering arise for the Nirgranthas at that time?’ They answered me: ‘So it is, Gautama!’ ‘If there is mild severing and mild ascetic practice, does mild suffering arise for the Nirgranthas at that time?’ They answered me: ‘So it is, Gautama!’ That is to say: when the Nirgranthas have intense severing and intense ascetic practice, then intense suffering arises for the Nirgranthas; when they have moderate severing and moderate ascetic practice, then moderate suffering arises for the Nirgranthas; when they have mild severing and mild ascetic practice, then mild suffering arises for the Nirgranthas. Suppose the Nirgranthas have intense severing and intense ascetic practice: at that time intense suffering is allayed for the Nirgranthas; when they have moderate severing and moderate ascetic practice, at that time moderate suffering is allayed for the Nirgranthas; when they have mild severing and mild ascetic practice, at that time mild suffering is allayed for the Nirgranthas. If, whether doing thus or not doing thus, extreme suffering and very heavy suffering are allayed, know that the Nirgranthas make suffering in this very world. But the Nirgranthas, covered by delusion, bound by delusion, say thus: ‘Whatever a person experiences is all due to what was done before; if old action is exhausted through ascetic practice and no new is made, then all actions are ended; when all actions are ended, suffering is ended; when suffering is ended, the end of suffering is reached.’ When I asked thus, I did not see the Nirgranthas able to answer me: ‘Gautama! It is so; it is not so.’
“Further, I asked the Nirgranthas: ‘Nirgranthas! If there is action with a pleasant result, can that action, through severing and through ascetic practice, be turned into a painful result?’ They answered me: ‘No, Gautama!’ ‘Nirgranthas! If there is action with a painful result, can that action, through severing and through ascetic practice, be turned into a pleasant result?’ They answered me: ‘No, Gautama!’ ‘Nirgranthas! If there is action with a result in this very life, can that action, through severing and through ascetic practice, be turned into a result in a later birth?’ They answered me: ‘No, Gautama!’ ‘Nirgranthas! If there is action with a result in a later birth, can that action, through severing and through ascetic practice, be turned into a result in this very life?’ They answered me: ‘No, Gautama!’ ‘Nirgranthas! If there is action with an unripened result, can that action, through severing and through ascetic practice, be turned into a ripened result?’ They answered me: ‘No, Gautama!’ ‘Nirgranthas! If there is action with a ripened result, can that action, through severing and through ascetic practice, be turned into something different?’ They answered me: ‘No, Gautama!’ ‘Nirgranthas! That is to say: action with a pleasant result—that action cannot, through severing and through ascetic practice, be turned into a painful result. Nirgranthas! Action with a painful result—that action cannot, through severing and through ascetic practice, be turned into a pleasant result. Nirgranthas! Action with a result in this very life—that action cannot, through severing and through ascetic practice, be turned into a result in a later birth. Nirgranthas! Action with a result in a later birth—that action cannot, through severing and through ascetic practice, be turned into a result in this very life. Nirgranthas! Unripened action—that action cannot, through severing and through ascetic practice, be turned into a ripened result. Nirgranthas! Action with a ripened result—that action cannot, through severing and through ascetic practice, be turned into something different. Therefore, Nirgranthas! yours is vain effort, empty severing, nothing gained.’
“Those Nirgranthas then replied to me: ‘Gautama! We have a revered teacher named Qinzi the Nirgrantha, who says this: “Nirgranthas! If you did evil action before, that action can all be exhausted through this ascetic practice; if you now guard body, speech, and mind, then because of this you make no more evil action.”’ I asked those Nirgranthas again: ‘Do you have faith in your revered teacher Qinzi the Nirgrantha, without doubt?’ They answered me: ‘Gautama! We have faith in our revered teacher Qinzi the Nirgrantha, and have no doubt.’ I said to those Nirgranthas again: ‘There are five things that have two results in this very world: faith, liking, hearing, reflection, and seeing well upon consideration. Nirgranthas! When a person himself has false words, are these to be had faith in, to be liked, to be heard, to be reflected on, to be seen well upon consideration?’ They answered me: ‘So it is, Gautama!’ I said to those Nirgranthas again: ‘How can such false words be had faith in, how can they be liked, how can they be heard, how can they be reflected on, how can they be well considered? That is to say, a person himself has false words, and yet there is faith, there is liking, there is hearing, there is reflection, there is good consideration.’
“If the Nirgranthas say thus, then in what accords with the Dharma they get five reproaches, and are detestable. What are the five? The suffering and pleasure these beings now experience are all due to what was done before; if that is so, the Nirgranthas and their like did evil action before. Why is that? Because of that, the Nirgranthas now experience extremely heavy suffering. This is called the first thing detestable in the Nirgranthas. Further, the suffering and pleasure beings experience are all due to association; if that is so, the Nirgranthas and their like had bad association before. Why is that? Because of that, the Nirgranthas now experience extremely heavy suffering. This is called the second thing detestable in the Nirgranthas. Further, the suffering and pleasure beings experience are all due to livelihood; if that is so, the Nirgranthas and their like had a bad livelihood before. Why is that? Because of that, the Nirgranthas now experience extremely heavy suffering. This is called the third thing detestable in the Nirgranthas. Further, the suffering and pleasure beings experience are all due to view; if that is so, the Nirgranthas and their like had bad view before. Why is that? Because of that, the Nirgranthas now experience extremely heavy suffering. This is called the fourth thing detestable in the Nirgranthas. Further, the suffering and pleasure beings experience are all due to a lord’s creation; if that is so, the Nirgranthas and their like had a bad lord before. Why is that? Because of that, the Nirgranthas now experience extremely heavy suffering. This is called the fifth thing detestable in the Nirgranthas. If the Nirgranthas, because of the evil action they did before, bad association, bad livelihood, bad view, and a bad lord, being created by a bad lord—because of that the Nirgranthas now experience extremely heavy suffering—this is called the Nirgranthas and their like being detestable because of those things.
“The Dharma I have known and awakened to myself and teach you, no śramaṇa or brāhmaṇa, no god, Māra, or Brahmā, nor anyone else in the world can overcome, none can defile, none can restrain. How is it that the Dharma I have known and awakened to myself and teach you is not something that śramaṇas or brāhmaṇas, gods, Māra, Brahmā, or anyone else in the world can overcome, can defile, can restrain? If there is a bhikṣu who casts off unwholesome bodily action and cultivates wholesome bodily action, casts off unwholesome verbal and mental action and cultivates wholesome verbal and mental action, then with regard to future suffering he knows for himself: I have no future suffering. He does not cast off the pleasure gained in accordance with the Dharma. He may wish to sever the cause of suffering and practice with desire; or he may wish to sever the cause of suffering and practice with the abandoning of desire. If he wishes to sever the cause of suffering and practices with desire, he cultivates his practice with desire, and when it is severed, suffering is ended. If he wishes to sever the cause of suffering and practices with the abandoning of desire, he cultivates his practice with the abandoning of desire, and when it is severed, suffering is ended. If that bhikṣu then thinks thus: ‘As I act and as I practice, unwholesome dharmas arise and wholesome dharmas cease; if I sever my own suffering, unwholesome dharmas cease and wholesome dharmas arise. I had better sever that suffering myself now.’ Then he severs his own suffering. Having severed his own suffering, unwholesome dharmas cease and wholesome dharmas arise, and he severs suffering no more. Why is that? Bhikṣu! What he set out to do has had its meaning accomplished; were he to sever suffering again, that would not be fitting.
“Bhikṣu! It is like an arrow-maker who straightens an arrow with a straightener; when the arrow is already straight, he uses the straightener no more. Why is that? What that person set out to do has had its purpose accomplished; were he to use the straightener again, that would not be fitting. In this way, the bhikṣu then thinks thus: ‘As I act and as I practice, unwholesome dharmas arise and wholesome dharmas cease; if I sever my own suffering, unwholesome dharmas cease and wholesome dharmas arise. I had better sever that suffering myself now.’ Then he severs his own suffering. Having severed his own suffering, unwholesome dharmas cease and wholesome dharmas arise, and he severs suffering no more. Why is that? What he set out to do has had its meaning accomplished; were he to sever suffering again, that would not be fitting.
“Bhikṣu! Suppose a person loves, is attached to, and cherishes a woman, and yet that woman speaks with other men, exchanges greetings with them, comes and goes and stays the night; would that person, because of this, give rise to suffering and vexation in body and mind, and be extremely sorrowful?” The bhikṣus answered: “So it is, World-Honored One! Why is that? That person loves and is attached to that woman and cherishes her greatly, and yet that woman speaks with other men, exchanges greetings with them, comes and goes and stays the night; how could that person’s body and mind not give rise to suffering, vexation, and sorrow?” “Bhikṣu! Suppose that person thinks thus: ‘I love and cherish that woman in vain, and yet that woman speaks with other men, exchanges greetings with them, comes and goes and stays the night; had I not better now, because I suffer and sorrow myself, sever my love and attachment for that woman?’ That person afterwards, because he suffers and sorrows himself, severs his love and attachment for that woman. If that woman still, as before, speaks with other men, exchanges greetings with them, comes and goes and stays the night, would that person afterwards give rise again to suffering and vexation in body and mind, and be extremely sorrowful?” The bhikṣus answered: “No, World-Honored One! Why is that? That person no longer has love and attachment for that woman; if that woman still, as before, speaks with other men, exchanges greetings with them, comes and goes and stays the night, for that person, because of this, to give rise again to suffering and vexation in body and mind and be extremely sorrowful would not be fitting.” “In this way, the bhikṣu then thinks thus: ‘As I act and as I practice, unwholesome dharmas arise and wholesome dharmas cease; if I sever that suffering myself, unwholesome dharmas cease and wholesome dharmas arise. I had better sever that suffering myself now.’ Then he severs his own suffering. Having severed his own suffering, unwholesome dharmas cease and wholesome dharmas arise, and he severs suffering no more. Why is that? What he set out to do has had its meaning accomplished; were he to sever suffering again, that would not be fitting.
“He thinks again thus: ‘Whatever the cause by which I might sever suffering, I have already severed it; yet my desire is still as before unsevered; I had better now seek to sever desire.’ Then he seeks to sever desire. For the severing of desire, he dwells alone in seclusion, in a place free of affairs, or goes to the foot of a tree, an empty, still, and quiet place, a mountain cave or stone hut, a heap of straw in the open, or goes into a forest, or stays among the graves. Having come to a place free of affairs, or to the foot of a tree, an empty, still, and quiet place, he spreads out his sitting-cloth and sits cross-legged, his body upright and his aspiration upright, turning his mindfulness back and not toward outward things; he severs covetousness and his mind is without contention; seeing the property of others and their various means of livelihood, he does not give rise to covetousness, does not wish that I might have them; with regard to covetousness he purifies his mind. Likewise hatred, sleepiness, restlessness and remorse; he cuts off doubt and crosses over perplexity, and has no hesitation with regard to wholesome dharmas; with regard to doubt and perplexity he purifies his mind.
“Having severed these five hindrances, defilements of the mind and weakeners of wisdom, secluded from desire, secluded from evil and unwholesome dharmas, up to attaining and dwelling in the fourth dhyāna. Having gained such concentration, his mind pure, without defilement, without vexation, pliant, and well settled, he gains an unmoving mind, and turns toward the realization of the knowledge of the ending of outflows. He then knows this suffering as it really is, knows the arising of this suffering, knows the cessation of this suffering, knows the path to the cessation of this suffering as it really is; he also knows these outflows as they really are, knows the arising of these outflows, knows the cessation of these outflows, knows the path to the cessation of these outflows as they really are. Having known thus and seen thus, his mind is liberated from the outflow of sensual desire, and his mind is liberated from the outflow of existence and the outflow of ignorance; being liberated, he knows that he is liberated: birth is ended, the holy life is established, what was to be done is done, he does not receive any further existence, and he knows it as it really is.
“The Tathāgata, thus rightly liberated in mind, gains five praises, in accordance with the Dharma, without dispute, worthy of love and worthy of respect. What are the five? The suffering and pleasure those beings experience are all due to what was done before; if that is so, the Tathāgata had excellent action before, and because of that the Tathāgata now has the noble pleasure without outflows, and feels pleasure in stillness and calm. This is called the first praise the Tathāgata gains. Further, the suffering and pleasure beings experience are all due to association; if that is so, the Tathāgata had excellent association before, and because of that the Tathāgata now has the noble pleasure without outflows, and feels pleasure in stillness and calm. This is called the second praise the Tathāgata gains. Further, the suffering and pleasure beings experience are all due to livelihood; if that is so, the Tathāgata had an excellent livelihood before, and because of that the Tathāgata now has the noble pleasure without outflows, and feels pleasure in stillness and calm. This is called the third praise the Tathāgata gains. Further, the suffering and pleasure beings experience are all due to view; if that is so, the Tathāgata had excellent view before, and because of that the Tathāgata now has the noble pleasure without outflows, and feels pleasure in stillness and calm. This is called the fourth praise the Tathāgata gains. Further, the suffering and pleasure beings experience are all due to a lord’s creation; if that is so, the Tathāgata had an excellent lord before, and because of that the Tathāgata now has the noble pleasure without outflows, and feels pleasure in stillness and calm. This is called the fifth praise the Tathāgata gains. That is to say, the Tathāgata had excellent action, excellent association, an excellent livelihood, excellent view, and an excellent lord before, being created by an excellent lord; because of that the Tathāgata now has the noble pleasure without outflows, and feels pleasure in stillness and calm; because of this the Tathāgata now gains five praises.
“There are five causes by which the mind gives rise to sorrow and pain. What are the five? One bound by sensual desire, because of being bound by sensual desire, gives rise in the mind to sorrow and pain. Likewise one bound by hatred, sleepiness, restlessness and remorse, and doubt, because of being bound by doubt, gives rise in the mind to sorrow and pain. These are called the five causes by which the mind gives rise to sorrow and pain. There are five causes by which sorrow and pain cease in the mind. What are the five? If one bound by sensual desire, because of being bound by sensual desire, gives rise in the mind to sorrow and pain, once the bond of sensual desire is removed, the sorrow and pain then cease. The sorrow and pain that arose in the mind because of the bond of sensual desire reach the ultimate in this very life, without vexation, without burning, constantly abiding and unchanging; this is known by the noble ones and seen by the noble ones. Likewise hatred, sleepiness, restlessness and remorse; if one bound by doubt, because of being bound by doubt, gives rise in the mind to sorrow and pain, once the bond of doubt is removed, the sorrow and pain then cease. The sorrow and pain that arose in the mind because of the bond of doubt reach the ultimate in this very life, without vexation, without burning, constantly abiding and unchanging; this is known by the noble ones and seen by the noble ones. These are called the five causes by which sorrow and pain cease in the mind.
“Further, there is yet another reaching of the ultimate in this very life, without vexation, without burning, constantly abiding and unchanging, known by the noble ones and seen by the noble ones. What is this other reaching of the ultimate in this very life, without vexation, without burning, constantly abiding and unchanging, known by the noble ones and seen by the noble ones? It is the noble path of eight factors, from right view up to right concentration, these are the eight. This is called the other reaching of the ultimate in this very life, without vexation, without burning, constantly abiding and unchanging, known by the noble ones and seen by the noble ones.” Thus spoke the Buddha. Those bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly. At the end of the discourse the base text marks “The Discourse on the Nirgranthas, the ninth, ends [three thousand six hundred]”—it marks three thousand six hundred, and the base text has no word for “characters”.
〔20 · Pāṭaliya the Gāmaṇi Heard〕(0445a29)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying among the Koliyas, together with a great assembly of bhikṣus; he went to North Village and stayed in the Śiṃśapā Grove north of North Village. At that time Pāṭaliya the Gāmaṇi heard: the ascetic Gautama, a son of the Śākya clan, who left the Śākya clan, went forth and trained in the way, is staying among the Koliyas together with a great assembly of bhikṣus, has come to this North Village, and is staying in the Śiṃśapā Grove north of North Village. That ascetic Gautama has a great name, heard throughout the ten directions: the ascetic Gautama is the Tathāgata, the Unattached, the Rightly and Fully Awakened, Accomplished in Knowledge and Conduct, the Well-Gone One, the Knower of the World, the Unsurpassed One, the Trainer by the Dharma of the Path, the Teacher of Gods and Humans, called the Buddha, the Blessed One. In this world, among gods, Māra, and Brahmā, śramaṇas and brāhmaṇas, from humans up to gods, he knows and realizes for himself and dwells having attained realization. If he teaches the Dharma, it is good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, with meaning and with wording, complete and pure, revealing the holy life. If one sees the Tathāgata, the Unattached, the Rightly and Fully Awakened, and honors him and pays him homage, makes offerings and serves him, one swiftly gains good benefit. He thought thus: “I should go to see the ascetic Gautama, to pay homage and make offerings.”
Having heard this, Pāṭaliya the Gāmaṇi came out of North Village and went north to the Śiṃśapā Grove, wishing to see the World-Honored One, to pay homage and make offerings. Pāṭaliya the Gāmaṇi saw from afar the World-Honored One among the trees in the grove, upright and handsome, like the moon among the stars, his light radiant and brilliant, gleaming like a golden mountain, complete with the marks and minor marks, his majestic power lofty, his faculties still and settled, without obstruction, accomplished in taming, his mind at rest, calm and silent. Having seen the Buddha from afar, Pāṭaliya the Gāmaṇi went up to the Buddha, exchanged greetings, withdrew, and sat to one side, and said to the World-Honored One: “I have heard: the ascetic Gautama knows illusion [illusion: that is, the art of illusion] to be illusion. Gautama! If it is said thus—the ascetic Gautama knows illusion to be illusion—is that not slandering the ascetic Gautama? Does that one speak truly? Does that one speak the Dharma? Does that one speak the Dharma in accordance with the Dharma? With regard to what accords with the Dharma, is there no fault and nothing to be challenged?”
The World-Honored One answered: “Gāmaṇi! If it is said thus—the ascetic Gautama knows illusion to be illusion—that is not slandering the ascetic Gautama! That one speaks truly, that one speaks the Dharma, that one speaks the Dharma in accordance with the Dharma; with regard to the Dharma there is no fault, and nothing to be challenged either. Why is that? Gāmaṇi! I know that illusion, but I myself am not an illusion.” Pāṭaliya said: “What those śramaṇas and brāhmaṇas say is true, yet I do not believe them when they say that the ascetic Gautama knows illusion to be illusion.” The World-Honored One said to him: “Gāmaṇi! Is one who knows illusion himself an illusion?” Pāṭaliya said: “So it is, World-Honored One! So it is, Well-Gone One!”
The World-Honored One said to him: “Gāmaṇi! Do not deceive yourself and slander me; if you slander me, you harm yourself; there is dispute and offense, detested by the noble and the wise, and you incur a great offense. Why is that? It truly is not as you say. Gāmaṇi! Have you heard that the Koliyas have soldiers [soldiers: troops kept to be sent on errands]?” He answered: “I have heard that they do.” “Gāmaṇi! What do you think? What do the Koliyas use these soldiers for?” He answered: “Gautama! It is to carry messages and kill bandits; for this reason the Koliyas keep these soldiers.” “Gāmaṇi! What do you think? Do the Koliya soldiers keep the precepts, or are they without precepts?” He answered: “Gautama! If there are people in the world without the virtue of the precepts, none surpass the Koliya soldiers. Why is that? The Koliya soldiers gravely violate the prohibitions and precepts and practice only evil.”
The World-Honored One asked again: “Gāmaṇi! You see thus and know thus. I do not ask you; but if others asked you: ‘Pāṭaliya the Gāmaṇi knows that the Koliya soldiers gravely violate the prohibitions and precepts and practice only evil; because of this, Pāṭaliya the Gāmaṇi gravely violates the prohibitions and precepts and practices only evil’—if it were said thus, would that be a true statement?” He answered: “No, Gautama. Why is that? The Koliya soldiers differ in view, differ in desire, and differ in aspiration; the Koliya soldiers gravely violate the prohibitions and precepts and practice only evil; I keep the precepts strictly and do not practice evil.” The World-Honored One asked again: “Gāmaṇi! You know that the Koliya soldiers gravely violate the prohibitions and precepts and practice only evil, and yet you are not on that account one who violates the prohibitions and precepts and practices only evil; why then can the Tathāgata not know illusion without himself being an illusion? Why is that? I know illusion, I know the one who practices illusion, I know the result of illusion, I know the severing of illusion. Gāmaṇi! I also know killing, I know the one who kills, I know the result of killing, I know the severing of killing. Gāmaṇi! I know taking what is not given, I know the one who takes what is not given, I know the result of taking what is not given, I know the severing of taking what is not given. Gāmaṇi! I know false speech, I know the one who speaks falsely, I know the result of false speech, I know the severing of false speech. Gāmaṇi! I know thus and see thus. If anyone says that the ascetic Gautama, knowing illusion, is himself an illusion, and he does not abandon this statement, then, following his mind, his desire, his aspiration, what he has heard, his thinking, and his views, in the time it takes to bend or stretch an arm, at death he is born in hell.”
Having heard this, Pāṭaliya the Gāmaṇi was terrified and trembling, his hair standing on end; he rose from his seat, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, and kneeling upright with palms joined said to the World-Honored One: “I confess my fault, Gautama! From of old, Well-Gone One! I have been as if foolish, as if deluded, as if unsettled, as if unskilled. Why is that? I falsely said that the ascetic Gautama is an illusion. I only wish that Gautama would accept my confession; seeing the offense, I disclose it; having confessed, I guard against doing it again.” The World-Honored One said to him: “So it is, Gāmaṇi! You truly were as if foolish, as if deluded, as if unsettled, as if unskilled. Why is that? Because you falsely said of the Tathāgata, the Unattached, the Rightly and Fully Awakened, that he is an illusion. Yet you are able to confess your fault, seeing the offense and disclosing it, and guarding against doing it again. Thus, Gāmaṇi! If anyone confesses his fault, sees the offense and discloses it, and guards against doing it again, he nurtures the noble Dharma without loss.”
Then Pāṭaliya the Gāmaṇi joined his palms toward the Buddha and said to the World-Honored One: “Gautama! There is a śramaṇa or brāhmaṇa who sees thus and says thus: ‘If there are those who kill, all of them experience the result in this very life, and because of that sorrow and pain arise for them; if there are those who take what is not given or speak falsely, all of them experience the result in this very life, and because of that sorrow and pain arise for them.’ Ascetic Gautama! What do you think?” The World-Honored One said to him: “Gāmaṇi! I will now ask you; answer as you understand. Gāmaṇi! What do you think? Suppose in a village or town there is a person who wears a garland of flowers on his head, his body anointed with mixed perfumes, who makes music, sings and dances to amuse himself, delights only in female entertainers, and enjoys himself like a king. If someone asks: ‘What did this person do before, that he now wears a garland of flowers on his head, his body anointed with mixed perfumes, makes music, sings and dances to amuse himself, delights only in female entertainers, and enjoys himself like a king?’ someone may answer: ‘This person killed an enemy for the king, and the king, delighted, bestowed a reward on him; therefore this person wears a garland of flowers on his head, his body anointed with mixed perfumes, makes music, sings and dances to amuse himself, delights only in female entertainers, and enjoys himself like a king.’ Gāmaṇi! Do you see thus and hear thus?” He answered: “I have seen it, Gautama! I have heard it already, and will hear it again.”
“Gāmaṇi! Again, you see the king arrest a criminal, bind his hands behind his back, beat the drum and proclaim the order, take him out through the south city gate, seat him beneath a high post, and cut off his head. If someone asks: ‘What offense did this person commit, that he was killed by the king?’ someone may answer: ‘This person wrongly killed a blameless person of the royal household; therefore the king ordered this punishment to be carried out thus.’ Gāmaṇi! Do you see thus and hear thus?” He answered: “I have seen it, Gautama! I have heard it already, and will hear it again.” “Gāmaṇi! If there is a śramaṇa or brāhmaṇa who sees thus and says thus: ‘If there is killing, all of them experience the result in this very life, and because of that sorrow and pain arise for them’—is this a true statement of his, or false words?” He answered: “False words, Gautama!” “If what he says is false words, do you believe it in your heart?” He answered: “I do not believe it, Gautama!” The World-Honored One praised him: “Excellent! Excellent! Gāmaṇi!”
The World-Honored One asked again: “Gāmaṇi! What do you think? Suppose in a village or town there is a person who wears a garland of flowers on his head, his body anointed with mixed perfumes, who makes music, sings and dances to amuse himself, delights only in female entertainers, and enjoys himself like a king. If someone asks: ‘What did this person do before, that he now wears a garland of flowers on his head, his body anointed with mixed perfumes, makes music, sings and dances to amuse himself, delights only in female entertainers, and enjoys himself like a king?’ someone may answer: ‘This person took what was not given in another country; therefore this person wears a garland of flowers on his head, his body anointed with mixed perfumes, makes music, sings and dances to amuse himself, delights only in female entertainers, and enjoys himself like a king.’ Gāmaṇi! Do you see thus and hear thus?” He answered: “I have seen it, Gautama! I have heard it already, and will hear it again.” “Gāmaṇi! Again, you see the king arrest a criminal, bind his hands behind his back, beat the drum and proclaim the order, take him out through the south city gate, seat him beneath a high post, and cut off his head. If someone asks: ‘What offense did this person commit, that he was killed by the king?’ someone may answer: ‘This person took what was not given in the king’s country; therefore the king ordered this punishment to be carried out thus.’ Gāmaṇi! Do you see thus and hear thus?” He answered: “I have seen it, Gautama! I have heard it already, and will hear it again.” “Gāmaṇi! If there is a śramaṇa or brāhmaṇa who sees thus and says thus: ‘If there is taking what is not given, all of them experience the result in this very life, and because of that sorrow and pain arise for them’—is this a true statement of his, or false words?” He answered: “False words, Gautama!” “If what he says is false words, do you believe it in your heart?” He answered: “I do not believe it, Gautama!” The World-Honored One praised him: “Excellent! Excellent! Gāmaṇi!”
The World-Honored One asked again: “Gāmaṇi! What do you think? Suppose in a village or town there is a person who wears a garland of flowers on his head, his body anointed with mixed perfumes, who makes music, sings and dances to amuse himself, delights only in female entertainers, and enjoys himself like a king. If someone asks: ‘What did this person do before, that he now wears a garland of flowers on his head, his body anointed with mixed perfumes, makes music, sings and dances to amuse himself, delights only in female entertainers, and enjoys himself like a king?’ someone may answer: ‘This person is an entertainer who can jest and make people laugh; he pleased the king with false words, and the king, delighted, bestowed a reward on him; therefore this person wears a garland of flowers on his head, his body anointed with mixed perfumes, makes music, sings and dances to amuse himself, delights only in female entertainers, and enjoys himself like a king.’ Gāmaṇi! Do you see thus and hear thus?” He answered: “I have seen it, Gautama! I have heard it already, and will hear it again.” “Gāmaṇi! Again, you see the king arrest a criminal, beat him to death with clubs, put him in a wooden cage, carry him on an open cart, take him out through the north city gate, and cast him into a moat. If someone asks: ‘What offense did this person commit, that he was killed by the king?’ someone may answer: ‘This person bore false witness before the king; he deceived the king with false words; therefore the king ordered him to be dealt with thus.’ Gāmaṇi! Do you see thus and hear thus?” He answered: “I have seen it, Gautama! I have heard it already, and will hear it again.” “Gāmaṇi! What do you think? If there is a śramaṇa or brāhmaṇa who sees thus and says thus: ‘If there is false speech, all of them experience the result in this very life, and because of that sorrow and pain arise for them’—is this a true statement of his, or false words?” He answered: “False words, Gautama!” “If what he says is false words, do you believe it in your heart?” He answered: “I do not believe it, Gautama!” The World-Honored One praised him: “Excellent! Excellent! Gāmaṇi!”
Then Pāṭaliya the Gāmaṇi rose from his seat, bared one shoulder of his robe, joined his palms toward the Buddha, and said to the World-Honored One: “It is wonderful! What Gautama says is most excellent, with good similes and good proofs. Gautama! In North Village I built a lofty hall, spread out beds and mattresses, set out water vessels, and lit great bright lamps; if energetic śramaṇas and brāhmaṇas come to stay in the lofty hall, I provide what they need according to my means. There were four debaters, each with different views, contradicting one another, who gathered in the lofty hall. One of the debaters sees thus and says thus: there is no giving, no offering, no incantations, there is no good and bad action, there is no result of good and bad action, there is no this world and the next, there is no father and no mother; in the world there are no true persons who go to a good place, go well and tend well, who in this world and the next know and realize for themselves and dwell having attained realization.
“The second debater has right view, contrary to what the first debater sees and knows, and sees thus and says thus: ‘There is giving, there is offering, and there are incantations; there is good and bad action, there is the result of good and bad action; there is this world and the next, there is father and there is mother; in the world there are true persons who go to a good place, go well and tend well, who in this world and the next know for themselves, awaken for themselves, and dwell having attained realization.’
“The third debater sees thus and says thus: one does it oneself or has it done, severs oneself or has others sever, cooks oneself or has others cook, grieving and vexed and sorrowing, beating the breast in distress, weeping and deluded; killing, taking what is not given, sexual misconduct, false speech, drinking wine, breaking through walls and opening storehouses, robbing in other people’s lanes, harming villages and ruining towns, breaking cities and destroying countries—one who does such things is not doing evil. Again, with an iron wheel sharp as a razor, in a single day he hacks, cuts, chops, and minces all the beings of this earth, flays, splits, slices, and carves them, making them one heap of flesh, one mass, one pile; because of this there is no evil action, and because of this there is no result of evil action. On the south bank of the river Gaṅgā one goes killing, severing, and cooking; on the north bank of the river Gaṅgā one comes giving, making offerings, and reciting; because of this there is neither offense nor merit, and because of this there is no result of offense or merit. Giving, taming, protecting, upholding, praising, benefiting, generosity, kind words, beneficial conduct, and sharing the benefit—because of this there is no merit, and because of this there is no result of merit.
“The fourth debater has right view, contrary to what the third debater knows and sees, and sees thus and says thus: one does it oneself or has it done, severs oneself or has others sever, cooks oneself or has others cook, grieving and vexed and sorrowing, beating the breast in distress, weeping and deluded; killing, taking what is not given, sexual misconduct, false speech, drinking wine, breaking through walls and opening storehouses, robbing in other people’s lanes, harming villages and ruining towns, breaking cities and destroying countries—one who does such things truly is doing evil. Again, with an iron wheel sharp as a razor, in a single day he hacks, cuts, chops, and minces all the beings of this earth, flays, splits, slices, and carves them, making them one heap of flesh, one mass, one pile; because of this there is evil action, and because of this there is the result of evil action. On the south bank of the river Gaṅgā one goes killing, severing, and cooking; on the north bank of the river Gaṅgā one comes giving, making offerings, and reciting; because of this there is offense and there is merit, and because of this there is the result of offense and merit. Giving, taming, protecting, upholding, praising, benefiting, generosity, kind words, beneficial conduct, and sharing the benefit—because of this there is merit, and because of this there is the result of merit. Gautama! Having heard this, doubt arose in me: of these śramaṇas and brāhmaṇas, who speaks truly, and who speaks falsely?”
The World-Honored One said to him: “Gāmaṇi! Do not give rise to doubt. Why is that? Because from doubt arises hesitation. Gāmaṇi! You yourself have no pure knowledge: is there a later life, or is there no later life? Gāmaṇi! Nor do you have pure knowledge: is what is done evil, or is what is done good? Gāmaṇi! There is a concentration on the Dharma called seclusion; through this concentration you can gain right mindfulness and can gain one-pointedness of mind. In this way, in this very life you will sever doubt and gain advancement.”
Then Pāṭaliya the Gāmaṇi again rose from his seat, bared one shoulder of his robe, joined his palms toward the Buddha, and said to the World-Honored One: “Gautama! What is the concentration on the Dharma called seclusion, through which I can gain right mindfulness and can gain one-pointedness of mind, so that in this very life I will sever doubt and gain advancement?”
The World-Honored One said to him: “Gāmaṇi! The learned noble disciple leaves off killing and severs killing, severs taking what is not given, sexual misconduct, and false speech, up to severing wrong view and gaining right view. By day he directs the plowing and sowing of the fields, and at dusk he rests, enters his room, and sits in concentration; when the night has passed, at dawn he thinks thus: ‘I have left off killing and severed killing, severed taking what is not given, sexual misconduct, and false speech, up to severing wrong view and gaining right view.’ He then sees for himself: I have severed the ten unwholesome courses of action and am mindful of the ten wholesome courses of action. When he sees for himself that he has severed the ten unwholesome courses of action and is mindful of the ten wholesome courses of action, gladness arises; when gladness has arisen, joy arises; when joy has arisen, the body is calmed; when the body is calmed, he feels bodily happiness; when he feels bodily happiness, he gains one-pointedness of mind. Gāmaṇi! When the learned noble disciple has gained one-pointedness of mind, then with a mind imbued with loving-kindness he dwells pervading one direction, and so the second, third, and fourth directions, the four intermediate directions, above and below, all around everywhere; with a mind imbued with loving-kindness, without bonds, without resentment, without hatred, without contention, extremely broad and great, measureless and well cultivated, he dwells pervading the whole world. He thinks thus: ‘If there are śramaṇas and brāhmaṇas who see thus and say thus: there is no giving, no offering, no incantations, there is no good and bad action, there is no result of good and bad action, there is no this world and the next, there is no father and no mother; in the world there are no true persons who go to a good place, go well and tend well, who in this world and the next know and realize for themselves and dwell having attained realization—if what those śramaṇas and brāhmaṇas say is true, I do not transgress against the fear and the fearlessness of the world; I should always have loving-kindness and pity for the whole world; my mind does not contend with living beings; it is unclouded and joyful. I have now gained the unsurpassed dharma beyond the human, I have advanced and gained a secure dwelling, namely the concentration of seclusion. What those śramaṇas and brāhmaṇas say, I neither affirm nor deny.’ Having neither affirmed nor denied, he gains inner stillness. Gāmaṇi! This is called the concentration on the Dharma called seclusion; through this concentration you can gain right mindfulness and can gain one-pointedness of mind, and in this way, in this very life, you will sever doubt and gain advancement.
“Further, Gāmaṇi! The learned noble disciple leaves off killing and severs killing, severs taking what is not given, sexual misconduct, and false speech, up to severing wrong view and gaining right view. By day he directs the plowing and sowing of the fields, and at dusk he rests, enters his room, and sits in concentration; when the night has passed, at dawn he thinks thus: ‘I have left off killing and severed killing, severed taking what is not given, sexual misconduct, and false speech, up to severing wrong view and gaining right view.’ He then sees for himself: I have severed the ten unwholesome courses of action and am mindful of the ten wholesome courses of action. When he sees for himself that he has severed the ten unwholesome courses of action and is mindful of the ten wholesome courses of action, gladness arises; when gladness has arisen, joy arises; when joy has arisen, the body is calmed; when the body is calmed, he feels bodily happiness; when he feels bodily happiness, he gains one-pointedness of mind. Gāmaṇi! When the learned noble disciple has gained one-pointedness of mind, then with a mind imbued with compassion he dwells pervading one direction, and so the second, third, and fourth directions, the four intermediate directions, above and below, all around everywhere; with a mind imbued with compassion, without bonds, without resentment, without hatred, without contention, extremely broad and great, measureless and well cultivated, he dwells pervading the whole world. He thinks thus: ‘If śramaṇas and brāhmaṇas see thus and say thus: “There is giving, there is offering, and there are incantations; there is good and bad action, there is the result of good and bad action; there is this world and the next, there is father and there is mother; in the world there are true persons who go to a good place, go well and tend well, who in this world and the next know for themselves, awaken for themselves, and dwell having attained realization”—if what those śramaṇas and brāhmaṇas say is true, I do not transgress against the fear and the fearlessness of the world; I should always have loving-kindness and pity for the whole world; my mind does not contend with living beings; it is unclouded and joyful. I have gained the unsurpassed dharma beyond the human, I have advanced and gained a secure dwelling, namely the concentration of seclusion. What those śramaṇas and brāhmaṇas say, I neither affirm nor deny.’ Having neither affirmed nor denied, he gains inner stillness. Gāmaṇi! This is called the concentration on the Dharma called seclusion; through this concentration you can gain right mindfulness and can gain one-pointedness of mind, and in this way, in this very life, doubt is severed and advancement is gained.
“Further, Gāmaṇi! The learned noble disciple leaves off killing and severs killing, severs taking what is not given, sexual misconduct, and false speech, up to severing wrong view and gaining right view. By day he directs the plowing and sowing of the fields, and at dusk he rests, enters his room, and sits in concentration; when the night has passed, at dawn he thinks thus: ‘I have left off killing and severed killing, severed taking what is not given, sexual misconduct, and false speech, up to severing wrong view and gaining right view.’ He then sees for himself: I have severed the ten unwholesome courses of action and am mindful of the ten wholesome courses of action. When he sees for himself that he has severed the ten unwholesome courses of action and is mindful of the ten wholesome courses of action, gladness arises; when gladness has arisen, joy arises; when joy has arisen, the body is calmed; when the body is calmed, he feels bodily happiness; when he feels bodily happiness, he gains one-pointedness of mind. Gāmaṇi! When the learned noble disciple has gained one-pointedness of mind, then with a mind imbued with sympathetic joy he dwells pervading one direction, and so the second, third, and fourth directions, the four intermediate directions, above and below, all around everywhere; with a mind imbued with sympathetic joy, without bonds, without resentment, without hatred, without contention, extremely broad and great, measureless and well cultivated, he dwells pervading the whole world. He thinks thus: ‘If there are śramaṇas and brāhmaṇas who see thus and say thus: one does it oneself or has it done, severs oneself or has others sever, cooks oneself or has others cook, grieving and vexed and sorrowing, beating the breast in distress, weeping and deluded; killing, taking what is not given, sexual misconduct, false speech, drinking wine, breaking through walls and opening storehouses, robbing in other people’s lanes, harming villages and ruining towns, breaking cities and destroying countries—one who does such things truly is not doing evil. Again, with an iron wheel sharp as a razor, in a single day he hacks, cuts, chops, and minces all the beings of this earth, flays, splits, slices, and carves them, making them one heap of flesh, one mass, one pile; because of this there is no evil action, and because of this there is no result of evil action. On the south bank of the river Gaṅgā one goes killing, severing, and cooking; on the north bank of the river Gaṅgā one comes giving, making offerings, and reciting; because of this there is neither offense nor merit, and because of this there is no result of offense or merit. Giving, taming, protecting, upholding, praising, benefiting, generosity, kind words, beneficial conduct, and sharing the benefit—because of this there is no merit, and because of this there is no result of merit. If what those śramaṇas and brāhmaṇas say is true, I do not transgress against the fear and the fearlessness of the world; I should always have loving-kindness and pity for the whole world; my mind does not contend with living beings; it is unclouded and joyful. I have now gained the unsurpassed dharma beyond the human, I have advanced and gained a secure dwelling, namely the concentration of seclusion.’ As for what those śramaṇas and brāhmaṇas say, he neither affirms nor denies; having neither affirmed nor denied, inwardly he gains stillness of mind. Gāmaṇi! This is called the concentration on the Dharma called seclusion; through this concentration you can gain right mindfulness and can gain one-pointedness of mind, and in this way, in this very life, you will sever doubt and gain advancement.
“Further, Gāmaṇi! The learned noble disciple leaves off killing and severs killing, severs taking what is not given, sexual misconduct, and false speech, up to severing wrong view and gaining right view. By day he directs the plowing and sowing of the fields, and at dusk he rests, enters his room, and sits in concentration; when the night has passed, at dawn he thinks thus: ‘I have left off killing and severed killing, severed taking what is not given, sexual misconduct, and false speech, up to severing wrong view and gaining right view.’ He then sees for himself: I have severed the ten unwholesome courses of action and am mindful of the ten wholesome courses of action. When he sees for himself that he has severed the ten unwholesome courses of action and is mindful of the ten wholesome courses of action, gladness arises; when gladness has arisen, joy arises; when joy has arisen, the body is calmed; when the body is calmed, he feels bodily happiness; when he feels bodily happiness, he gains one-pointedness of mind. Gāmaṇi! When the learned noble disciple has gained one-pointedness of mind, then with a mind imbued with equanimity he dwells pervading one direction, and so the second, third, and fourth directions, the four intermediate directions, above and below, all around everywhere; with a mind imbued with equanimity, without bonds, without resentment, without hatred, without contention, extremely broad and great, measureless and well cultivated, he dwells pervading the whole world. He thinks thus: ‘If there are śramaṇas and brāhmaṇas who see thus and say thus: one does it oneself or has it done, severs oneself or has others sever, cooks oneself or has others cook, grieving and vexed and sorrowing, beating the breast in distress, weeping and deluded; killing, taking what is not given, sexual misconduct, false speech, drinking wine, breaking through walls and opening storehouses, robbing in other people’s lanes, harming villages and ruining towns, breaking cities and destroying countries—one who does such things truly is doing evil. Again, with an iron wheel sharp as a razor, in a single day he hacks, cuts, chops, and minces all the beings of this earth, flays, splits, slices, and carves them, making them one heap of flesh, one mass, one pile; because of this there is evil action, and because of this there is the result of evil action. On the south bank of the river Gaṅgā one goes killing, severing, and cooking; on the north bank of the river Gaṅgā one comes seeking by giving, making offerings, and reciting; because of this there is offense and there is merit, and because of this there is the result of offense and merit. Giving, taming, protecting, upholding, praising, benefiting, generosity, kind words, beneficial conduct, and sharing the benefit—because of this there is merit, and because of this there is the result of merit. If what those śramaṇas and brāhmaṇas say is true, I do not transgress against the fear and the fearlessness of the world; I should always have loving-kindness and pity for the whole world; my mind does not contend with living beings; it is unclouded and joyful. I have gained the unsurpassed dharma beyond the human, I have advanced and gained a pleasant dwelling, namely the concentration of seclusion.’ As for what those śramaṇas and brāhmaṇas say, he neither affirms nor denies; having neither affirmed nor denied, he gains inner stillness. Gāmaṇi! This is called the concentration on the Dharma called seclusion; through this concentration you can gain right mindfulness and can gain one-pointedness of mind, and in this way, in this very life, doubt is severed and advancement is gained.”
When the World-Honored One taught this Dharma, for Pāṭaliya the Gāmaṇi dust was removed and stain left behind, and the pure eye of the Dharma arose. Then Pāṭaliya the Gāmaṇi saw the Dharma and attained the Dharma, awakened to the white and pure Dharma, cut off doubt and crossed over perplexity, with no other to revere, following no one else, without hesitation, abiding in the realization of the fruit, and he gained fearlessness in the Dharma of the World-Honored One. He then rose from his seat, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, and said: “World-Honored One! I now take refuge in the Buddha, the Dharma, and the community of bhikṣus; I only wish that the World-Honored One would accept me as an upāsaka; from this day on, for life, I take refuge, until life ends.” Thus spoke the Buddha. Pāṭaliya the Gāmaṇi and the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly. At the end of the discourse the base text marks “The Discourse to Pāṭaliya, the tenth, ends [four thousand eight hundred]”—it marks four thousand eight hundred, and the base text has no word for “characters”.
卷第三說「隨人所作業則受其報」〔T01 0433a14〕,報隨人而異,業可觀、可棄、有因;卷第四三經接此而說業之另一面:業不可轉,而苦可於現法而盡。這一卷是業相應品的後半,收品之末三經:師子經、尼乾經、波羅牢經;品首攝頌在卷第三,本卷無品題,卷末有品末題一行:「中阿含業相應品第二竟〔二萬一千六十字〕〔初一日誦〕」〔T01 0448c09〕,本品十經至此而齊。三經皆是世尊對外說之法:師子經答尼乾弟子師子大臣所傳之謗,世尊以八事自明其宗本;尼乾經世尊告諸比丘,自述往問諸尼乾「人所受皆因本作」之見,逐問而破,然後說比丘自斷苦、得現法究竟之道;波羅牢經答波羅牢伽彌尼「知幻是幻」之疑,更答「現法受報」之說與四論士之諍,示以遠離法定。三經所對者皆是他說,所立者皆是一事:業之報不可以苦行轉,亦不盡於現法;而人於現法可以自知其業、自斷其苦、自得其定,不待後世而得究竟。
一、宗本不可作,宗本可作(經一八)
師子大臣欲往見佛,先白諸尼乾,「尼乾訶師子曰」〔T01 0440c29〕,所訶之語是:「沙門瞿曇宗本不可作,亦為人說不可作法」〔T01 0441a01〕;「師子大臣便不辭尼乾」〔T01 0441a07〕,往以此語問佛。世尊不否認,而說「有事因此事故,於如實法不能謗毀」〔T01 0441a17〕:如實有此一事,故此語非謗。所謂不可作者,「我說身惡行不可作,口、意惡行亦不可作」〔T01 0441b07〕;「若如是比無量不善穢污之法,為當來有本、煩熱苦報、生老病死因」〔T01 0441b08〕,此法盡不可作。同一答法,世尊更舉七事:宗本可作,「我說身妙行可作,口、意妙行亦可作」〔T01 0441b15〕,「若如是比無量善法與樂果,受於樂報,生於善處而得長壽」〔T01 0441b16〕;宗本斷滅,身口意惡行應斷滅;宗本可惡,身口意惡行可憎惡;宗本法、律,「我為斷貪婬故而說法、律,斷瞋恚、愚癡故而說法、律」〔T01 0441c09〕;宗本苦行;宗本不入於胎;宗本安隱。八事之中,不可作與可作相對,斷滅與可惡同指惡行,法律指所說之由,苦行、不入胎、安隱指如來自身。尼乾以「不可作」為謗,以為瞿曇教人不作;世尊以「不可作」與「可作」並說,不可作者惡行,可作者妙行。一語之謗,世尊不辯其字而補其半:不可作之外有可作。此是業相應品說善惡二業之總句,與卷第三思經身三口四意三之不善、伽藍經淨除其心之善相應。
二、宗本苦行,宗本安隱(經一八)
八事之中,苦行一事最長。世尊先列外道苦行之目:裸形無衣、不食刀杖劫抄之食、日一食乃至一月一食、食菜茹稗子、持毛衣頭舍衣、散髮編髮、臥刺臥果、事水事火、事日月尊祐;然後說「有此苦行我不說無」〔T01 0442a11〕,「然此苦行為下賤業,至苦至困,凡人所行,非是聖道」〔T01 0442a12〕。苦行不是不存在,是下賤之業,非聖道。如來之所謂苦行則異:「若有沙門、梵志,彼苦行法知斷滅盡,拔絕其根,至竟不生者,我說彼苦行」〔T01 0442a13〕;如來於苦行法「知斷滅盡,拔絕其根,至竟不生,是故我苦行」〔T01 0442a16〕。苦行二字,外道以行苦為苦行,世尊以斷苦行為苦行;字同而事反。不入胎亦同此式:「當來有胎生知斷滅盡,拔絕其根,至竟不生,是故我不入於胎」〔T01 0442a24〕。安隱一事則不以斷說,以得說:族姓子出家學道,於現法自知自覺,自作證成就遊,生已盡梵行已立,「我自安隱,亦安隱他比丘、比丘尼、優婆塞、優婆夷」〔T01 0442b04〕;「眾生於生法解脫」〔T01 0442b06〕,老病死憂慼染汙法亦然。八事至此而止於安隱:不可作、可作是教人之法,斷滅、可惡是所斷之事,法律是所說之由,苦行、不入胎是如來自身之斷,安隱是如來自身之得而及於他。師子聞已,歎世尊「猶明目人,覆者仰之,覆者發之,迷者示道,闇中施明」〔T01 0442b11〕,自歸佛法僧;再言「猶如有人養不良馬,望得其利,徒自疲勞而不獲利」〔T01 0442b16〕,自言「不識良田而不自審,長夜奉敬」〔T01 0442b19〕尼乾,再自歸;三言「本無知,於愚癡尼乾有信有敬,從今日斷。所以者何?欺誑我故」〔T01 0442b23〕,三自歸。三自歸各有所由:一歎所得,一悔所失,一斷所信。此與卷第三惒破經之歸依語同式。
三、人所受皆因本作(經一九)
尼乾經所破之見只一句:「謂人所受皆因本作,若其故業因苦行滅,不造新者,則諸業盡,諸業盡已,則得苦盡,得苦盡已,則得苦邊」〔T01 0442c03〕。此見有四節:所受皆因本作,故業因苦行而滅,不造新業,業盡則苦盡。卷第三惒破經世尊亦說「不更造新業,棄捨故業」,與此見字相近而事全異;世尊之問即從此異處入。第一問淨智:「汝等自有淨智,我為本有,我為本無,我為本作惡,為不作惡,我為爾所苦盡,為爾所苦不盡」〔T01 0442c10〕——若所受皆因本作,則當知本作者何、所盡者幾;尼乾不知。毒箭之喻說此:被箭者知其所以苦、所以拔、所以得力無患,是自有淨智;尼乾不知本作而說本作,是無淨智而說。第二問苦行:「若諸尼乾有上斷、上苦行,爾時諸尼乾生上苦耶」〔T01 0443a24〕,中、下亦然;尼乾答如是;反之,「若使諸尼乾有上斷、上苦行,爾時諸尼乾止息上苦」〔T01 0443b03〕,中、下亦然。苦隨苦行之有無而生而息,則「當知諸尼乾即於現世作苦」〔T01 0443b07〕——苦行不滅故業,只於現世更作新苦。第三問業不可轉:「若有樂報業,彼業寧可因斷、因苦行,轉作苦報耶」〔T01 0443b13〕,苦報業轉樂報、現法報業轉後生報、後生報業轉現法報、不熟報業轉熟報、熟報業轉異,六問皆答不也;結曰「虛妄方便,空斷無獲」〔T01 0443c04〕。此六問是業相應品於業之報所立之限:報之樂苦、現法後生、熟不熟,皆不可以斷、以苦行轉之。卷第三鹽喻經說報隨人而輕重,此經說報之種不可轉;二說不相違:輕重隨人,種類隨業而不以斷、以苦行轉。
四、五詰責,五稱譽(經一九)
尼乾更引其師:「我有尊師,名親子尼乾,作如是說」〔T01 0443c05〕,本作惡業皆可因苦行滅盡,今護身口意則不復更作。世尊不辯其師,而問信之所據:「有五種法現世二報,信、樂、聞、念、見善觀」〔T01 0443c11〕,人自有虛妄言,亦可信、可樂、可聞、可念、可見善觀;信之所據不在信之深淺。然後以尼乾之見反詰尼乾:若所受苦樂皆因本作,則尼乾今受極重苦,是本作惡業;若皆因合會,則本惡合會;皆因為命,則本惡為命;皆因見,則本有惡見;皆因尊祐造,則本惡尊祐——「於如法中得五詰責,為可憎惡」〔T01 0443c18〕。五詰責不另立義,只以其說還其身:執本作者,其今苦即其本惡之證。與此對舉者是如來「得五稱譽,如法無諍,可愛可敬」〔T01 0444c15〕:「如來本有妙業,因彼故,如來於今聖無漏樂,寂靜止息而得樂覺」〔T01 0444c16〕,合會、為命、見、尊祐亦然。同一「皆因本作」之句,於尼乾為詰責,於如來為稱譽;所異者唯今之所受:尼乾今受極重苦,如來今得聖無漏樂。卷第三度經破宿命造、尊祐造、無因無緣三度處,此經之五詰責中本作即宿命造,尊祐造即尊祐造;度經言若如是見則「作以不作,都無欲、無方便」,此經言若如是見則今苦是本惡之證。兩經合讀,所遮者一。
五、行欲,行捨欲(經一九)
破尼乾之後,世尊說己法:「我所自知、自覺法為汝說者,若沙門、梵志,若天、魔、梵及餘世間皆無能伏,皆無能穢,皆無能制」〔T01 0444a08〕,此句與度經同。其法是:比丘捨身口意不善業,修身口意善業,「彼於未來苦,便自知我無未來苦,如法得樂而不棄捨」〔T01 0444a14〕;「彼或欲斷苦因,行欲,或欲斷苦因,行捨欲」〔T01 0444a15〕,行欲者修其行欲,行捨欲者修其行捨欲,已斷則苦盡。斷苦之道有二,隨苦因而異,非一律以苦行。比丘自斷其苦,不是為苦而苦,是「隨所為、隨所行,不善法生而善法滅,若自斷苦,不善法滅而善法生,我今寧可自斷其苦」〔T01 0444a19〕;苦斷則「不復斷苦。所以者何?比丘!本所為者,其義已成,若復斷苦,是處不然」〔T01 0444a23〕。箭工之喻說此:「猶如箭工用檢撓箭,其箭已直,不復用檢」〔T01 0444a24〕。此是世尊之苦行與尼乾之苦行之分:尼乾以苦行滅故業,苦行無盡期;比丘以自斷苦滅不善法,不善法滅則不復斷苦。愛女之喻更進:人於女愛念染著,女與他語則生苦惱;若「因自苦自憂故,斷為彼女愛念、染著」〔T01 0444b11〕,則女雖故與他語,不復生苦。苦之所生在愛,不在女;斷愛則苦不生,非斷女。然後「若有所因,斷其苦者,我便已斷,然我於欲猶故未斷,我今寧可求斷於欲」〔T01 0444b24〕,獨住遠離,斷「五蓋——心穢、慧羸」〔T01 0444c05〕,至得第四禪,「彼得如是定,心清淨,無穢無煩,柔軟善住」〔T01 0444c07〕,「得不動心,趣向漏盡智通作證」〔T01 0444c08〕,知苦、苦習、苦滅、苦滅道如真,「亦知此漏如真,知此漏習、知此漏滅、知此漏滅道如真」〔T01 0444c10〕,「則欲漏心解脫,有漏、無明漏心解脫」〔T01 0444c12〕,「解脫已,便知解脫,生已盡,梵行已立,所作已辦,不更受有,知如真」〔T01 0444c13〕。此道全在現法,經末更明言之:「有五因緣,心生憂苦」〔T01 0445a05〕,婬欲、瞋恚、睡眠、掉悔、疑惑五纏;除纏已憂苦便滅,「於現法中而得究竟,無煩無熱,常住不變,是聖所知、聖所見」〔T01 0445a11〕;又「更有現法而得究竟」〔T01 0445a17〕,「謂八支聖道,正見乃至正定,是為八」〔T01 0445a20〕。卷第三惒破經說「即於現世便得究竟而無煩熱,常住不變,謂聖慧所見、聖慧所知也」,此經以五纏之除與八支聖道釋之。尼乾求苦邊於苦行,世尊示究竟於現法。
六、我知彼幻,我自非幻(經二〇)
波羅牢伽彌尼所聞之謗是「沙門瞿曇知幻是幻」〔T01 0445b17〕。世尊答法與師子經同:此語非謗,「我知彼幻,我自非幻」〔T01 0445b24〕。伽彌尼仍以為知幻者即是幻,世尊以拘麗瘦卒為喻:卒極犯禁戒,唯行惡法,伽彌尼知之,而伽彌尼不因此犯禁戒;「拘麗瘦卒見異、欲異,所願亦異」〔T01 0445c12〕。知其事不同於是其事。然後說:「我知幻,知幻人,知幻報,知斷幻」〔T01 0445c17〕,殺生、不與取、妄言亦各知其四。知幻、知幻人、知幻報、知斷幻,四知是業相應品說業之全式:知業、知作業者、知業報、知業斷;此與卷第三度經知苦、苦習、苦滅、苦滅道四知同式。世尊更警之:「若有作是說,沙門瞿曇知幻即是幻者,彼未斷此語」〔T01 0445c23〕,則「如屈伸臂頃,命終生地獄中」〔T01 0445c25〕。伽彌尼悔過,世尊受之:「若有悔過,見罪發露,護不更作者,則長養聖法而無有失」〔T01 0446a05〕,與羅云經已作不淨業當發露悔過之教同。悔過之後,伽彌尼問「現法受報」之說:「若有殺生者,彼一切即於現法受報,因彼生憂苦」〔T01 0446a09〕,不與取、妄言亦然。世尊以六例答:殺生者有「為王殺害怨家,王歡喜已,即與賞賜」〔T01 0446a18〕而歡樂如王者,有枉殺無過之人為王所戮者;不與取者有於他國取而受賞者,有於王國取而受戮者;妄言者有以戲調令王歡喜而受賞者,有於王前妄證而被殺者。同一業,現法之報有賞有戮,受賞者歡樂而無憂苦;故「若有殺生者,彼一切即於現法受報,因彼生憂苦」〔T01 0446a09〕是妄言,伽彌尼自答不信。所破者是「一切」與「因彼生憂苦」之限定,非謂業無報。此與尼乾經六問相參:彼經說現法報業不可轉作後生報,後生報業不可轉作現法報;此經說殺生等業非一切於現法受憂苦之報。報之現法後生隨業而定,不隨一說而定。
七、法定,名曰遠離(經二〇)
伽彌尼於北村造高堂供沙門梵志,有四論士集,所見相反:一說「無施無齋,無有呪說,無善惡業,無善惡業報」〔T01 0446c19〕,無此世彼世,無父無母,世無真人;二說「而有正見」〔T01 0446c22〕,反之,有施有齋乃至世有真人;三說自作教作、殺盜邪婬妄言乃至破城滅國「為不作惡」〔T01 0447a02〕,鐵輪斫截一切眾生「因是無惡業,因是無惡業報」〔T01 0447a04〕,恒水南岸殺、北岸施,「因是無罪無福,因是無罪福報」〔T01 0447a06〕;四說「而有正見」〔T01 0447a09〕,反之,「實為作惡」〔T01 0447a13〕,「因是有惡業,因是有惡業報」〔T01 0447a16〕。伽彌尼疑誰實誰妄。世尊之答與伽藍經同:「汝莫生疑惑。所以者何?因有疑惑便生猶豫」〔T01 0447a22〕;又問「汝自無淨智,為有後世,為無後世」〔T01 0447a23〕,所作為惡為善——此淨智即尼乾經所問尼乾之淨智;然後不判四論,而示以定:「有法之定,名曰遠離,汝因此定,可得正念,可得一心」〔T01 0447a25〕,於現法便斷疑惑而得昇進。遠離法定之修,先自見其業:多聞聖弟子離殺斷殺乃至得正見,「彼便自見,我斷十惡業道,念十善業道」〔T01 0447b07〕;自見已,「便生歡悅,生歡悅已,便生於喜,生於喜已,便止息身,止息身已,便身覺樂,身覺樂已,便得一心」〔T01 0447b09〕;得一心已,心與慈俱遍滿一方乃至一切世間;然後於四論各作是念:「若彼沙門、梵志所說真實者,我不犯世怖與不怖,常當慈愍一切世間,我心不與眾生共諍,無濁歡悅」〔T01 0447b20〕,「我今得無上人上之法,昇進得安樂居,謂遠離法定」〔T01 0447b22〕;於彼所說「不是不非。』不是不非已,得內心止」〔T01 0447b24〕。慈、悲、喜、捨四段同式,各對四論之一。伽藍經說四安隱住處,於後世有無二面皆得安隱;此經說遠離法定,於四論是非皆不是不非而得內心止。所以能不是不非者,在先自見斷十惡業道、念十善業道:業在己手而自見之,則他說之有無,於己無所增損。說此法時,「波羅牢伽彌尼遠塵離垢,諸法淨眼生」〔T01 0448b27〕,見法得法,「更無餘尊,不復從他,無有猶豫,已住果證」〔T01 0448c01〕,「於世尊法得無所畏」〔T01 0448c02〕,自歸為優婆塞,「終身自歸,乃至命盡」〔T01 0448c04〕。本品十經,唯此經記聞法而得法眼。
八、一品的讀法
業相應品十經,前七在卷第三,後三在本卷。前七立業之正說:報隨人,業可棄,業有主,業可觀,故作必受報,業有三因,黑報白報自然。後三對外說而見其限與其究竟:師子經說不可作與可作並,苦行是斷苦行,安隱是自安隱亦安隱他;尼乾經說報之種不可以苦行轉,苦之盡在現法之自斷,不在苦行之積;波羅牢經說知幻非幻,現法受憂苦之報非一切,是非之諍以自見其業而止。三經所對皆是他說,而所對之式不同:師子經、波羅牢經是來問者持所聞之謗而問,尼乾經是世尊自往問諸尼乾而告諸比丘;世尊皆不辯其說而示其事:師子經示八事,尼乾經示淨智與業不可轉,波羅牢經示四知與遠離法定。合十經讀之,業相應品所說之業有四面:業之因在貪恚癡,業之報隨人而輕重、隨業而定種而不以苦行轉,業之盡在不造新、棄捨故、自斷其苦,業之知在將作現作已作之觀、在知幻知幻人知幻報知斷幻之四知。十經之末以法眼生結,正見本品之所歸:業之義不在信他說,在自見其業;自見則歡悅而得一心,得一心則心與慈俱而得內心止;因此定,於現法便斷疑惑,而得昇進。
承衍——業相應品之終
論藏於此品無逐目之釋;所可承者唯論之自標:「事契經者,謂四阿笈摩。一者、雜阿笈摩,二」〔T30n1579 0772c09〕「者、中阿笈摩,三者、長阿笈摩,四者、增一阿」〔T30n1579 0772c10〕,「復以餘相處中而說,是故說名中阿笈摩」〔T30n1579 0772c25〕。論以『處中』立名,不以門目釋經;本品十經之義唯經自說。雜阿含經已刊諸篇於業先有所說:六入處相應說眼耳乃至意皆以業為因、為緣、為縛,又說有業報而無作者;弟子相應說十不善業跡。本卷三經於彼之上說業之不可轉、苦之自斷、業之四知。阿毘達磨俱舍論分別業品所論業之異熟定不定、順現法受順次生受順後次受之三時業,與尼乾經現法報業後生報業不可互轉、不熟報業熟報業不可轉之六問可相參看;論又論表無表、思與思所作,與師子經八事之可作不可作、波羅牢經四知可相參看;然論自有其門目,本疏唯以經解經,不以論之門目釋經。本篇十經分兩卷,卷第三七經之疏見彼卷,本卷三經之疏止此;篇即二卷,不另為篇作疏。
Fascicle 3 says “according to the action a person does, so he experiences its result”: the result differs according to the person, and action can be observed, can be cast off, and has a cause. The three discourses of Fascicle 4 follow this and speak of the other face of action: action cannot be turned, and yet suffering can be ended in this very life. This fascicle is the second half of the Chapter on Action and holds the last three discourses of the chapter, the Discourse to Siṃha, the Discourse on the Nirgranthas, and the Discourse to Pāṭaliya; the summary verse at the head of the chapter is in Fascicle 3, this fascicle has no chapter title, and at the end of the fascicle there is one line marking the end of the chapter, “Chapter on Action of the Madhyama Āgama, the Second, ends [twenty-one thousand and sixty characters] [first-day recitation]”, with which the ten discourses of this chapter are complete. All three discourses are the Dharma the World-Honored One spoke to those outside: the Discourse to Siṃha answers the slander passed on to the minister Siṃha, a disciple of the Nirgranthas, and the World-Honored One makes his tenet plain in eight points; in the Discourse on the Nirgranthas the World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus, recounting how he went himself to question the Nirgranthas on their view that “whatever a person experiences is all due to what was done before”, refuting it question by question, and then teaching the way by which a bhikṣu severs his own suffering and reaches the ultimate in this very life; the Discourse to Pāṭaliya answers the doubt of Pāṭaliya the Gāmaṇi about the saying that the ascetic Gautama “knows illusion to be illusion”, then answers the saying that action “is experienced in this very life” and the dispute of the four debaters, and shows him the concentration on the Dharma called seclusion. What the three discourses face is in each case the saying of another; what they establish is in each case one thing: the result of action cannot be turned by ascetic practice, and is not all exhausted in this very life; yet a person can in this very life know his own action, sever his own suffering, and gain his own concentration, and reach the ultimate without waiting for a later life.
I. Holding as His Tenet What Is Not to Be Done, Holding as His Tenet What Is to Be Done (Discourse 18)
The minister Siṃha wished to go and see the Buddha and first told the Nirgranthas; “the Nirgrantha rebuked Siṃha”, and the words of the rebuke were “the ascetic Gautama holds as his tenet what is not to be done, and teaches others the dharma of what is not to be done”; “the minister Siṃha then went without taking leave of the Nirgranthas” and put these words to the Buddha. The World-Honored One does not deny them, but says “there is a ground, and because of that ground, one cannot slander with regard to the true Dharma”: since this one thing truly exists, these words are no slander. What is not to be done is this: “I say that bodily misconduct is not to be done, and verbal and mental misconduct are also not to be done”; “such measureless unwholesome and defiled dharmas are the root of future existence, painful results of vexation and burning, and the cause of birth, aging, sickness, and death”, and all these dharmas are not to be done. By the same way of answering the World-Honored One raises seven more points: he holds as his tenet what is to be done, “I say that bodily good conduct is to be done, and verbal and mental good conduct are also to be done”, “such measureless wholesome dharmas bring pleasant fruit, one experiences a pleasant result, and is born in a good place and gains long life”; he holds annihilation as his tenet, for bodily, verbal, and mental misconduct are to be annihilated; he holds the detestable as his tenet, for bodily, verbal, and mental misconduct are detestable; he holds the Dharma and discipline as his tenet, “for the severing of lust I teach the Dharma and discipline, and for the severing of hatred and delusion I teach the Dharma and discipline”; he holds ascetic practice as his tenet; he holds not entering a womb as his tenet; he holds security as his tenet. Among the eight points, what is not to be done and what is to be done stand opposed; annihilation and the detestable both point to misconduct; the Dharma and discipline name the reason for his teaching; ascetic practice, not entering a womb, and security point to the Tathāgata himself. The Nirgranthas take “not to be done” as slander, supposing that Gautama teaches people to do nothing; the World-Honored One speaks “not to be done” and “to be done” together, what is not to be done being misconduct and what is to be done being good conduct. Faced with a slander of one phrase, the World-Honored One does not argue over the phrase but supplies its other half: beyond what is not to be done there is what is to be done. This is the general sentence of the Chapter on Action on good and bad action, and it answers the Discourse on Intention of Fascicle 3, with its three unwholesome actions of body, four of speech, and three of mind, and the Discourse to the Kālāmas, with its purifying of the mind as the good.
II. Holding Ascetic Practice as His Tenet, Holding Security as His Tenet (Discourse 18)
Among the eight points, ascetic practice is the longest. The World-Honored One first lists the items of the ascetic practice of other paths: going naked without clothes, not eating food obtained by knife and staff or by robbery, eating once a day up to once a month, eating greens and millet, wearing hair garments and toushe robes, with loose hair or braided hair, lying on thorns or lying on fruit, serving water and serving fire, serving the sun, the moon, lords and great persons; and then he says “I do not say that this ascetic practice does not exist”, “but this ascetic practice is a base undertaking, utterly painful and utterly hard, practiced by ordinary people, not the noble path”. Ascetic practice is not nonexistent; it is a base undertaking, and not the noble path. What the Tathāgata calls ascetic practice is different: “if there are śramaṇas and brāhmaṇas who know the dharma of ascetic practice to be severed and exhausted, pulled out by the root, never to arise again, I say that they practice asceticism”; the Tathāgata, with regard to the dharma of ascetic practice, “knows it to be severed and exhausted, pulled out by the root, never to arise again, and therefore I practice asceticism”. The words ascetic practice are the same, but the paths outside take practicing pain as ascetic practice, and the World-Honored One takes severing ascetic practice as ascetic practice; the word is the same and the matter is reversed. Not entering a womb follows the same pattern: “I know future existence in a womb to be severed and exhausted, pulled out by the root, never to arise again, and therefore I do not enter a womb”. Security alone is spoken of not by severing but by attaining: the son of a good family who goes forth to train in the path knows and awakens himself in this very life, realizes and dwells, birth is ended and the holy life established, and “I am myself secure and make others secure, bhikṣus, bhikṣuṇīs, upāsakas, and upāsikās”; “beings are liberated from the dharma of birth”, and from the dharmas of aging, sickness, death, sorrow, and defilement likewise. The eight points come to rest here in security: what is not to be done and what is to be done are the Dharma taught to people; annihilation and the detestable are what is severed; the Dharma and discipline are the reason for the teaching; ascetic practice and not entering a womb are the Tathāgata’s own severing; security is the Tathāgata’s own attainment, which reaches others. Having heard this, Siṃha praises the World-Honored One as “like a person with clear eyes, who turns up what is overturned, uncovers what is covered, shows the way to the lost, and brings light into darkness”, and takes refuge in the Buddha, the Dharma, and the Saṅgha; again he says “it is like a person who keeps a bad horse, hoping to gain some benefit, and only wears himself out in vain and gains no benefit”, saying of himself that he “did not recognize a good field and did not examine for himself, and through the long night paid reverence” to the Nirgranthas, and takes refuge a second time; a third time he says “I was formerly without knowledge, and had faith and respect for the foolish Nirgranthas; from this day I cut it off. Why is that? Because they deceived me”, and takes refuge a third time. Each of the three refuges has its own reason: one praises what he has gained, one regrets what he lost, one cuts off what he believed. This is of the same pattern as the words of refuge in the Discourse to Vappa of Fascicle 3.
III. Whatever a Person Experiences Is All Due to What Was Done Before (Discourse 19)
The view that the Discourse on the Nirgranthas refutes is one sentence: “whatever a person experiences is all due to what was done before; if old action is exhausted through ascetic practice and no new is made, then all actions are ended; when all actions are ended, suffering is ended; when suffering is ended, the end of suffering is reached”. This view has four parts: what is experienced is all due to what was done before; old action is exhausted through ascetic practice; no new action is made; when action is ended suffering is ended. In the Discourse to Vappa of Fascicle 3 the World-Honored One also says “he does not make new action and casts off old action”, words close to this view and a matter wholly different; the World-Honored One’s questioning enters from this very difference. The first question is about pure knowledge: “do you yourselves have pure knowledge, whether I existed before or did not exist before, whether I did evil before or did not do evil, whether so much of my suffering is exhausted or so much of my suffering is not exhausted”—if what is experienced is all due to what was done before, then one ought to know what was done before and how much has been exhausted; the Nirgranthas do not know. The simile of the poisoned arrow says this: one struck by an arrow knows why he suffers, why it is drawn out, and why he regains strength and is free of trouble, and this is having pure knowledge of one’s own; the Nirgranthas do not know what was done before and yet speak of what was done before, which is speaking without pure knowledge. The second question is about ascetic practice: “if the Nirgranthas have intense severing and intense ascetic practice, does intense suffering then arise for the Nirgranthas?”, and likewise moderate and mild; the Nirgranthas answer yes; conversely, “if the Nirgranthas have intense severing and intense ascetic practice, then intense suffering is allayed for the Nirgranthas”, and likewise moderate and mild. Since suffering arises and is allayed according to whether there is ascetic practice or not, “know that the Nirgranthas make suffering in this very world”: ascetic practice does not exhaust old action; it only makes new suffering in this very world. The third question is that action cannot be turned: “if there is action with a pleasant result, can that action, through severing and through ascetic practice, be turned into a painful result?”; action with a painful result turned into a pleasant result, action with a result in this very life turned into a result in a later birth, action with a result in a later birth turned into a result in this very life, unripened action turned into ripened result, action with a ripened result turned into something different, and to all six questions the answer is no; the conclusion is “vain effort, empty severing, nothing gained”. These six questions are the limit the Chapter on Action sets on the result of action: whether the result is pleasant or painful, in this very life or in a later birth, ripened or unripened, none of it can be turned by severing or by ascetic practice. The Discourse on the Simile of the Salt of Fascicle 3 says that the result is light or heavy according to the person; this discourse says that the kind of result cannot be turned; the two do not contradict each other: lightness and heaviness follow the person, and the kind follows the action and is not turned by severing or ascetic practice.
IV. Five Reproaches, Five Praises (Discourse 19)
The Nirgranthas further cite their teacher: “we have a revered teacher, Qinzi the Nirgrantha, who says this”, that all evil action done before can be exhausted through this ascetic practice, and that if one now guards body, speech, and mind one does no more evil action. The World-Honored One does not argue with their teacher, but asks what their faith rests on: “there are five things that have two results in this very world: faith, liking, hearing, reflection, and seeing well upon consideration”; a person may have false words of his own, and these too may be believed, liked, heard, reflected on, and seen well upon consideration; what faith rests on is not the depth of the faith. Then he turns the Nirgranthas’ view back upon the Nirgranthas: if the pleasure and pain beings experience are all due to what was done before, then the Nirgranthas, who now undergo utterly grave suffering, did evil action before; if all due to association, then their former association was bad; if all due to livelihood, then their former livelihood was bad; if all due to view, then they held bad views before; if all due to a lord’s creation, then their former lord was bad—“in the true Dharma they get five reproaches, and are detestable”. The five reproaches set up no separate doctrine; they only return the saying to the one who says it: for one who holds to what was done before, his present suffering is the proof of his former evil. Set against this is the Tathāgata’s “gaining five praises, in accordance with the Dharma, without dispute, worthy of love and worthy of respect”: “the Tathāgata did excellent action before, and because of that the Tathāgata now has the noble pleasure without outflows, and feels pleasure in stillness and calm”, and likewise association, livelihood, view, and the lord. The same sentence, “all due to what was done before”, is for the Nirgranthas a reproach and for the Tathāgata a praise; what differs is only what is now experienced: the Nirgranthas now undergo utterly grave suffering, and the Tathāgata now has the noble pleasure without outflows. The Discourse on the Fords of Fascicle 3 refutes the three fords, made by past deeds, made by a lord’s creation, and without cause and without condition; among the five reproaches of this discourse, what was done before is the same as made by past deeds, and the lord’s creation is the same as the lord’s creation; the Discourse on the Fords says that if one holds such a view, then “with regard to what should be done and not done, there is neither desire nor effort”, and this discourse says that if one holds such a view, then one’s present suffering is the proof of one’s former evil. Read together, what the two discourses ward off is one.
V. Practicing with Desire, Practicing with the Abandoning of Desire (Discourse 19)
Having refuted the Nirgranthas, the World-Honored One teaches his own Dharma: “the Dharma I have known and awakened to myself and teach you, no śramaṇa or brāhmaṇa, no god, Māra, or Brahmā, nor anyone else in the world can overcome, none can defile, none can restrain”, a sentence the same as in the Discourse on the Fords. His Dharma is this: a bhikṣu casts off unwholesome action of body, speech, and mind and cultivates wholesome action of body, speech, and mind, “with regard to future suffering he knows for himself that he has no future suffering, and he does not cast off the pleasure gained in accordance with the Dharma”; “he may wish to sever the cause of suffering and practice with desire, or he may wish to sever the cause of suffering and practice with the abandoning of desire”; one who practices with desire cultivates that practice with desire, one who practices with the abandoning of desire cultivates that practice with the abandoning of desire, and when it is severed, suffering is ended. There are two ways of severing suffering, differing according to the cause of the suffering, and not one rule of ascetic practice for all. A bhikṣu severs his own suffering not for the sake of pain, but because “as I act and practice, unwholesome dharmas arise and wholesome dharmas cease, while if I sever my own suffering, unwholesome dharmas cease and wholesome dharmas arise; I had better sever my own suffering”; and when the suffering is severed, “he severs suffering no more. Why is that? Bhikṣu, what he set out to do has had its meaning accomplished; were he to sever suffering again, that would not be fitting”. The simile of the arrow-maker says this: “like an arrow-maker who straightens an arrow with a straightener, and when the arrow is already straight uses the straightener no more”. This is the division between the World-Honored One’s ascetic practice and that of the Nirgranthas: the Nirgranthas exhaust old action by ascetic practice, and the ascetic practice has no end; a bhikṣu ends unwholesome dharmas by severing his own suffering, and when the unwholesome dharmas have ceased he severs suffering no more. The simile of the beloved woman goes further: a man who loves and is attached to a woman suffers when she speaks with another; if “because he suffers and sorrows himself, he severs his love and attachment for that woman”, then though the woman still speaks with another, suffering arises no more. Where suffering arises is in love, not in the woman; sever the love and suffering does not arise; one does not sever the woman. Then, “whatever the cause by which I might sever suffering, I have already severed it; yet my desire is still as before unsevered; I had better seek to sever desire”, and he dwells alone in seclusion, severs “the five hindrances, defilements of the mind and weakeners of wisdom”, reaches the fourth dhyāna, “gains such concentration, the mind pure, without stain and without vexation, pliant and well established”, “gains an unmoving mind, and turns toward the realization of the knowledge of the ending of outflows”, knows suffering, the arising of suffering, the cessation of suffering, and the path to the cessation of suffering as they really are, “also knows the outflows as they really are, knows the arising of the outflows, knows the cessation of the outflows, knows the path to the cessation of the outflows as they really are”, “then his mind is liberated from the outflow of sensual desire, and his mind is liberated from the outflow of existence and the outflow of ignorance”, and “being liberated, he knows that he is liberated; birth is ended, the holy life established, what was to be done is done, there is no further existence, and he knows this as it really is”. This way lies wholly in this very life, and the end of the discourse says so plainly: “there are five causes by which the mind gives rise to sorrow and pain”, being bound by sensual desire, by hatred, by sleepiness, by restlessness and remorse, and by doubt; when the bond is removed the sorrow and pain cease, and one “reaches the ultimate in this very life, without vexation, without burning, constantly abiding and unchanging, known by the noble ones and seen by the noble ones”; and further “there is yet another reaching of the ultimate in this very life”, “namely the noble path of eight factors, from right view up to right concentration, these are the eight”. The Discourse to Vappa of Fascicle 3 says “in this very world one reaches the ultimate, without vexation and burning, constantly abiding and unchanging, that is, what is seen by noble wisdom and known by noble wisdom”; this discourse explains it by the removal of the five bonds and by the noble path of eight factors. The Nirgranthas seek the end of suffering in ascetic practice; the World-Honored One shows the ultimate in this very life.
VI. I Know That Illusion, but I Myself Am Not an Illusion (Discourse 20)
The slander Pāṭaliya the Gāmaṇi has heard is that “the ascetic Gautama knows illusion to be illusion”. The World-Honored One’s way of answering is the same as in the Discourse to Siṃha: these words are no slander, “I know that illusion, but I myself am not an illusion”. The Gāmaṇi still supposes that one who knows illusion is himself an illusion, and the World-Honored One uses the Koliya soldiers as a simile: the soldiers gravely violate the prohibitions and precepts and practice only evil, the Gāmaṇi knows this, and the Gāmaṇi does not thereby violate the prohibitions and precepts; “the Koliya soldiers differ in view, differ in desire, and differ in aspiration”. To know a thing is not to be that thing. Then he says: “I know illusion, I know the one who practices illusion, I know the result of illusion, I know the severing of illusion”, and of killing, taking what is not given, and false speech he likewise knows all four. Knowing illusion, knowing the one who practices illusion, knowing the result of illusion, knowing the severing of illusion: these four knowings are the full pattern in which the Chapter on Action speaks of action, knowing the action, knowing the one who does it, knowing its result, knowing its severing; and this is of the same pattern as the four knowings of the Discourse on the Fords in Fascicle 3, knowing suffering, its arising, its cessation, and the path to its cessation. The World-Honored One further warns him: “if anyone says that the ascetic Gautama, knowing illusion, is himself an illusion, and he does not abandon this statement”, then “in the time it takes to bend or stretch an arm, at death he is born in hell”. The Gāmaṇi confesses his fault, and the World-Honored One accepts it: “if anyone confesses his fault, sees the offense and discloses it, and guards against doing it again, he nurtures the noble Dharma without loss”, which is the same as the Discourse to Rāhula’s teaching that one who has done impure action should disclose it and confess the fault. After the confession, the Gāmaṇi asks about the saying that action “is experienced in this very life”: “whoever kills, all of them experience the result in this very life, and because of that sorrow and pain arise for them”, and likewise for taking what is not given and false speech. The World-Honored One answers with six examples: among those who kill, there is one who “kills an enemy for the king, and the king, delighted, bestows a reward on him” and is as happy as a king, and there is one who wrongly kills an innocent person and is executed by the king; among those who take what is not given, there is one who takes in another country and is rewarded, and one who takes in the king’s own country and is executed; among those who speak falsely, there is one who delights the king with a jest and is rewarded, and one who bears false witness before the king and is killed. The same action, and the result in this very life is reward in one case and execution in another, and the one rewarded is happy and without sorrow or pain; therefore “whoever kills, all of them experience the result in this very life, and because of that sorrow and pain arise for them” is false speech, and the Gāmaṇi answers himself that he does not believe it. What is refuted is the qualification “all” and “because of that sorrow and pain arise”, not the existence of a result of action. This may be read with the six questions of the Discourse on the Nirgranthas: that discourse says that action with a result in this very life cannot be turned into a result in a later birth, nor action with a result in a later birth into a result in this very life; this discourse says that killing and the rest do not all receive a result of sorrow and pain in this very life. Whether the result is in this very life or in a later birth is settled by the action, not by any one saying.
VII. A Concentration on the Dharma Called Seclusion (Discourse 20)
The Gāmaṇi has built a lofty hall in North Village to lodge śramaṇas and brāhmaṇas, and four debaters gather there whose views are opposed: one says “there is no giving, no offering, no incantations, no good and bad action, no result of good and bad action”, no this world and the next, no father and mother, no true persons in the world; the second “has right view” and says the reverse, that there is giving and offering, up to that there are true persons in the world; the third says that doing it oneself or having it done, killing, taking what is not given, sexual misconduct, false speech, up to destroying cities and ruining countries, “is not doing evil”, that to cut down all the beings on this earth with an iron wheel “brings no evil action and no result of evil action”, that killing on the south bank of the river Gaṅgā and giving on the north bank “brings neither offense nor merit, and neither result of offense nor result of merit”; the fourth “has right view” and says the reverse, that this “truly is doing evil”, and “brings evil action and brings the result of evil action”. The Gāmaṇi doubts which speaks truly and which falsely. The World-Honored One’s answer is the same as in the Discourse to the Kālāmas: “do not give rise to doubt. Why is that? From doubt comes hesitation”; and he asks “you yourself have no pure knowledge whether there is a later life or there is no later life”, nor whether what one does is evil or good—this pure knowledge is the same pure knowledge the Discourse on the Nirgranthas asked of the Nirgranthas; and then, without judging the four debaters, he shows him a concentration: “there is a concentration on the Dharma called seclusion; through this concentration you can gain right mindfulness and can gain one-pointedness of mind”, and in this very life sever doubt and advance. The cultivation of the concentration of seclusion begins with seeing one’s own action: the learned noble disciple abstains from killing and severs killing, up to severing wrong view and gaining right view, and “he sees for himself: I have severed the ten unwholesome courses of action and am mindful of the ten wholesome courses of action”; having seen this, “gladness arises; when gladness has arisen, joy arises; when joy has arisen, the body is calmed; when the body is calmed, he feels bodily happiness; when he feels bodily happiness, he gains one-pointedness of mind”; having gained one-pointedness of mind, he dwells with a mind imbued with loving-kindness, pervading one direction and up to the whole world; and then, with regard to each of the four debaters, he thinks: “if what those śramaṇas and brāhmaṇas say is true, I do not transgress against the fear and the fearlessness of the world; I should always have loving-kindness and pity for the whole world; my mind does not contend with living beings; it is unclouded and joyful”, “I have now gained the unsurpassed dharma beyond the human, I have advanced and gained a secure dwelling, namely the concentration of seclusion”; with regard to what they say he “neither affirms nor denies. Having neither affirmed nor denied, he gains inner stillness”. The four sections of loving-kindness, compassion, sympathetic joy, and equanimity are of the same pattern, each facing one of the four debaters. The Discourse to the Kālāmas speaks of the four secure abidings, secure on both faces, whether there is a later life or not; this discourse speaks of the concentration of seclusion, which neither affirms nor denies the four debaters on either face and gains inner stillness. What makes it possible to neither affirm nor deny is that one has first seen for oneself the severing of the ten unwholesome courses of action and the mindfulness of the ten wholesome courses of action: when action is in one’s own hands and one sees it for oneself, what others say exists or does not exist neither adds to nor takes from oneself. As this Dharma was being spoken, “for Pāṭaliya the Gāmaṇi dust was removed and stain left behind, and the pure eye of the Dharma arose”; he saw the Dharma and attained the Dharma, “with no other to revere, following no one else, without hesitation, abiding in the realization of the fruit”, “he gained fearlessness in the Dharma of the World-Honored One”, and took refuge as an upāsaka, “for life, taking refuge until his life’s end”. Of the ten discourses of this chapter, only this one records the arising of the eye of the Dharma on hearing the Dharma.
VIII. How to Read the Chapter
Of the ten discourses of the Chapter on Action, the first seven are in Fascicle 3 and the last three in this fascicle. The first seven set up the right teaching on action: the result follows the person, action can be cast off, action has an owner, action can be observed, what is done intentionally surely receives its result, action has three causes, and black result and white result come of themselves. The last three speak to those outside and show its limit and its ultimate: the Discourse to Siṃha says that what is not to be done and what is to be done go together, that ascetic practice is the severing of ascetic practice, and that security is being secure oneself and making others secure; the Discourse on the Nirgranthas says that the kind of result cannot be turned by ascetic practice, and that the ending of suffering lies in severing one’s own suffering in this very life, not in the accumulation of ascetic practice; the Discourse to Pāṭaliya says that one who knows illusion is not an illusion, that the result of sorrow and pain in this very life is not for all, and that the dispute over right and wrong is stilled by seeing one’s own action. All three discourses face the sayings of others, but the pattern differs: in the Discourse to Siṃha and the Discourse to Pāṭaliya a questioner comes bringing a slander he has heard, while in the Discourse on the Nirgranthas the World-Honored One goes himself to question the Nirgranthas and tells the bhikṣus of it; in each the World-Honored One does not argue with the saying but shows the matter: the Discourse to Siṃha shows the eight points, the Discourse on the Nirgranthas shows pure knowledge and that action cannot be turned, the Discourse to Pāṭaliya shows the four knowings and the concentration of seclusion. Reading the ten discourses together, the action the Chapter on Action speaks of has four faces: the cause of action lies in greed, hatred, and delusion; the result of action is light or heavy according to the person and of a kind settled by the action and not turned by ascetic practice; the ending of action lies in not making new action, casting off old action, and severing one’s own suffering; the knowing of action lies in the observing of what one is about to do, is doing, and has done, and in the four knowings of illusion, the one who practices it, its result, and its severing. The ten discourses end with the arising of the eye of the Dharma, and this is just where the chapter comes to rest: the meaning of action does not lie in believing what others say, but in seeing one’s own action; seeing it, gladness arises and one gains one-pointedness of mind; gaining one-pointedness of mind, one dwells with loving-kindness and gains inner stillness; through this concentration one severs doubt in this very life and advances.
Carrying Forward — The End of the Chapter on Action
The treatise collection has no item-by-item gloss on this chapter; what can be carried forward is only the treatise’s own statement: “The discourses as a topic are the four Āgamas: first, the Saṃyukta Āgama; second”, “the Madhyama Āgama; third, the Dīrgha Āgama; fourth, the Ekottarika”, “further, it speaks with other characteristics, standing in the middle; therefore it is called the Madhyama Āgama”. The treatise gives the name by ‘standing in the middle’ and does not gloss the discourses by headings; the meaning of the ten discourses of this chapter is spoken only by the discourses themselves. The published sections of the Saṃyukta Āgama have already spoken of action: the Connected Discourses on the Six Sense Bases say that the eye, the ear, up to the mind all have action as their cause, their condition, and their bond, and also that there is the result of action but no agent; the Connected Discourses Spoken by the Disciples speak of the ten unwholesome courses of action. On top of that, the three discourses of this fascicle speak of action that cannot be turned, of suffering severed by oneself, and of the four knowings of action. What the Analysis of Action in the Abhidharmakośa discusses, that the ripening of action is fixed or not fixed, and the three times of action, to be experienced in this life, in the next birth, or in a later birth, may be consulted alongside the six questions of the Discourse on the Nirgranthas, that action with a result in this very life and action with a result in a later birth cannot be turned into each other, and that unripened action and action with a ripened result cannot be turned; the treatise also discusses the manifest and the unmanifest, and intention and what intention does, which may be consulted alongside the eight points of the Discourse to Siṃha, what is to be done and what is not to be done, and the four knowings of the Discourse to Pāṭaliya; but the treatise has its own headings, and this commentary explains the discourses only by the discourses, not by the treatise’s headings. The ten discourses of this chapter are divided between two fascicles; the commentary on the seven discourses of Fascicle 3 is in that fascicle, and the commentary on the three discourses of this fascicle ends here; the chapter is simply the two fascicles, and no separate commentary is made for the chapter.
考據Apparatus
全段定位 本單元即《中阿含經》卷第四全卷:自卷首「中阿含經卷第四」〔T01 0440c19〕至卷末「中阿含經卷第四〔一萬八百十三字〕」〔T01 0448c08〕,其次品末題「中阿含業相應品第二竟〔二萬一千六十字〕〔初一日誦〕」〔T01 0448c09〕,收經三部(底本經題「(一八)」至「(二〇)」)。本卷屬業相應品,品題與攝頌在卷第三品首,本品十經,前七在卷第三,本卷收其後三,業相應品至本卷而竟。說者二型:經十八、經二十,在家之人問,世尊答,問者終以自歸;經十九,世尊告諸比丘,自述往詣諸尼乾之問答。本卷無偈,無攝頌。論藏無逐目釋。
一、科判定位
卷第四之位——底本卷首:
- 「中阿含經卷第四」〔T01 0440c19〕
- 「東晉罽賓三藏瞿曇僧伽提婆譯」〔T01 0440c21〕(譯署短式一行)
本卷為全經第四卷,屬業相應品。本卷無品題,無攝頌:品題「業相應品第二〔有十經〕〔初一日誦〕」與攝頌一首二行,皆在卷第三品首;本卷無偈,無攝頌,本品攝頌在卷第三品首。本品十經,前七在卷第三,本卷收經十八師子經、經十九尼乾經、經二十波羅牢經,凡三經。卷末尾題「中阿含經卷第四〔一萬八百十三字〕」〔T01 0448c08〕,緊接經二十經末自標一行之後;其次為品末題「中阿含業相應品第二竟〔二萬一千六十字〕〔初一日誦〕」〔T01 0448c09〕,夾注〔初一日誦〕末二字「誦」與其收括弧在次行。
三帳並錄(照錄不校)——三經經末自標之和為一萬零八百一十三(二千四百一十三、三千六百、四千八百);卷末自標「〔一萬八百十三字〕」,與三經自標之和相同;品末自標「〔二萬一千六十字〕」,即卷第三卷末自標一萬零二百四十七,加本卷卷末自標一萬零八百一十三。今計之數見目九。
住處(皆底本逐字)
- 鞞舍離獼猴水邊高樓臺觀——經十八:「佛遊鞞舍離,在獼猴水邊高樓臺觀」〔T01 0440c23〕。
- 釋羇瘦天邑——經十九:「佛遊釋羇瘦,在天邑中」〔T01 0442c01〕。
- 拘麗瘦北村北尸攝惒林——經二十:「佛遊拘麗瘦,與大比丘眾俱,往至北村,住北村北尸攝惒林中」〔T01 0445a27〕。
- 經首套語皆作「我聞如是」,凡三見,如經十八「我聞如是:一時,佛遊鞞舍離」〔T01 0440c23〕;經十九之「我」字在經題行末,「我」〔T01 0442b29〕,次行接「聞如是:一時,佛遊釋羇瘦」〔T01 0442c01〕。
三經之型與所說
| 經 | 經題(逐字) | 錨 | 型 | 所說(逐字) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 18 | 「(一八)業相應品師子經第八〔初一日誦〕」 | 〔T01 0440c22〕 | 尼乾弟子師子大臣問·世尊答八事·師子三自歸 | 「沙門瞿曇宗本不可作,亦為人說不可作法」〔T01 0441a01〕;「有此苦行我不說無」〔T01 0442a11〕;「我自安隱,亦安隱他比丘、比丘尼、優婆塞、優婆夷」〔T01 0442b04〕 |
| 19 | 「(一九)中阿含業相應品尼乾經第九〔初一日誦〕」 | 〔T01 0442b29〕 | 世尊告諸比丘·自述與諸尼乾問答·毒箭喻·箭工喻·愛女喻 | 「謂人所受皆因本作」〔T01 0442c03〕;「虛妄方便,空斷無獲」〔T01 0443c04〕;「於如法中得五詰責,為可憎惡」〔T01 0443c18〕;「得五稱譽,如法無諍,可愛可敬」〔T01 0444c15〕;「謂八支聖道,正見乃至正定,是為八」〔T01 0445a20〕 |
| 20 | 「(二〇)中阿含業相應品波羅牢經第十〔初一日誦〕」 | 〔T01 0445a25〕 | 波羅牢伽彌尼問·世尊答·拘麗瘦卒喻·三組現法受報·四論士·遠離法定四段·法眼·自歸 | 「我知彼幻,我自非幻」〔T01 0445b24〕;「如屈伸臂頃,命終生地獄中」〔T01 0445c25〕;「有法之定,名曰遠離」〔T01 0447a25〕;「遠塵離垢,諸法淨眼生」〔T01 0448b28〕 |
經十八經題無「中阿含」三字,經十九、經二十經題有之。三經經題皆帶〔初一日誦〕:經十八在經題同行;經十九在經題同行,其後行末接經首「我」字;經二十經題之〔初一日誦〕跨行,「〔初」在經題行末,「一日誦〕」在次行〔T01 0445a26〕。
偈——本卷無偈,無攝頌;本品攝頌在卷第三品首。
說者
- 說者之型分二組:
- 在家人問·世尊答型(經十八、二十):
- 經十八——師子大臣先詣尼乾,「白尼乾曰」〔T01 0440c28〕;「尼乾訶師子曰」〔T01 0440c29〕;麗掣再三集、師子再三欲往,「師子大臣便不辭尼乾」〔T01 0441a07〕,詣佛「而作是語」〔T01 0441a08〕,以尼乾之語問;「世尊答曰」〔T01 0441a13〕,總答八事,次第八段逐釋,每段皆以「師子!」起;終以「師子大臣白世尊曰」〔T01 0442b10〕,明目人、不良馬二喻與三自歸同為一白。師子之稱呼,歸依之前作「瞿曇」,如「瞿曇!若如是說」〔T01 0441a10〕;三自歸之段作「世尊」,如「世尊!我今自歸於佛、法及比丘眾」〔T01 0442b14〕。照字。
- 經二十——波羅牢伽彌尼「白世尊曰」〔T01 0445b16〕;「世尊答曰」〔T01 0445b20〕;「波羅牢說曰」〔T01 0445b24〕;「世尊告曰」〔T01 0445b26〕;「波羅牢白曰」〔T01 0445b27〕,答作「如是。世尊!如是。善逝!」〔T01 0445b27〕;拘麗瘦卒一段,世尊「復問」,波羅牢「答曰」;悔過之白〔T01 0445c27〕,稱「瞿曇」「善逝」;「波羅牢伽彌尼叉手向佛」〔T01 0446a07〕,問現法受報之說;世尊三問三組,波羅牢三答「妄言。瞿曇!」,世尊三歎「善哉!善哉!伽彌尼!」(〔T01 0446b02〕〔T01 0446b20〕〔T01 0446c12〕);四論士之說,為波羅牢之白所引述;世尊說法定遠離,波羅牢再白〔T01 0447a28〕;終以白曰「世尊!我今自歸佛、法及比丘眾」〔T01 0448c03〕之自歸。波羅牢之稱呼,「瞿曇」「世尊」「善逝」雜出,照字。
- 告諸比丘型·內嵌自述問答(經十九):「爾時,世尊告諸比丘」〔T01 0442c02〕。全經為世尊告諸比丘之語;其內世尊自述「我便往彼,到已,即問」〔T01 0442c05〕,與諸尼乾問答,尼乾之答「彼答我言」凡十三見,皆在世尊語內。尼乾述其尊師親子尼乾之語,「彼諸尼乾便報我言」〔T01 0443c04〕,底本以三層引號錄之。愛女喻處,世尊現場問諸比丘,「比丘答曰」二見(〔T01 0444b05〕〔T01 0444b15〕)。
- 在家人問·世尊答型(經十八、二十):
結語——「佛說如是」凡三見。經十八作「師子大臣及諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行」〔T01 0442b27〕;經十九作「彼諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行」〔T01 0445a23〕;經二十作「波羅牢伽彌尼及諸比丘,聞佛所說,歡喜奉行」〔T01 0448c05〕。
經末自標字數(經外·照錄不校)
| 經 | 底本經末行(逐字) | 錨 |
|---|---|---|
| 18 | 「師子經第八竟〔二千四百一十三字〕」 | 〔T01 0442b28〕 |
| 19 | 「尼乾經第九竟〔三千六百〕」 | 〔T01 0445a24〕 |
| 20 | 「波羅牢經第十竟〔四千八百〕」 | 〔T01 0448c07〕 |
經十九、經二十之自標,底本無「字」字,照錄不補。
論藏無逐目釋。
二、異譯對勘
本卷三經,大正注無別本之號,照錄於目十②。大正頭注所標巴利對經,經題三條、經內十五條,照錄於目十①;三經經題皆有頭注。不自建對照,不讀別本,不引巴利原文。
三、經論宗依
論藏無逐目釋。
本卷之所依,即經自身。論藏於契經事總標四阿笈摩之名,中阿笈摩居其一:
- 「事契經者,謂四阿笈摩。」〔T30n1579 0772c09〕
- 「中阿笈摩,三者、長阿笈摩,四者、增一阿笈摩。」〔T30n1579 0772c10〕
- 「復以餘相處中而說,是故說名中阿笈摩。」〔T30n1579 0772c25〕
論唯自標其名,並以處中而說釋名,不逐經擇攝;故本卷不立經論對位。
四、本段釋要
本卷無逐文古疏。論藏無逐目釋。
五、諸家異釋
本卷無古德異釋。本卷三經無逐文古疏,無可分欄。
六、術語(首見名相·釋義唯取本帙逐字)
卷第一、卷第二、卷第三、卷第十已釋之名相,本卷重見者不重列(如鞞舍離、十號、沙門瞿曇、多聞聖弟子、聖弟子、族姓子、至信捨家無家學道、尼乾·尼乾弟子、優婆塞、尊祐造、伽藍·尸攝惒林、釋羇瘦、自知自覺法、八支聖道、心與慈俱遍滿一方成就遊、悲·捨、淨除其心、四安隱住處、十善業道、十種不善業道、疑惑·猶豫、殺生、不與取、貪伺、現法之報、發露、後世、五蓋、第四禪、欲漏有漏無明漏、漏盡、生已盡梵行已立、知苦如真、心解脫、習、苦習苦滅苦滅道、尼師檀、無上梵行、三自歸、憂慼、歡悅、喜、止身、覺樂、一心、正念)。以下唯列本卷首見者。釋義唯取本卷經文自釋之句逐字;無自釋者只列名相與首見之錨,不另作釋。
| 名相 | 本卷首見(逐字) | 錨 | 本卷自釋 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 獼猴水邊高樓臺觀 | 「在獼猴水邊高樓臺觀」 | 〔T01 0440c23〕 | — |
| 麗掣·聽堂 | 「眾多鞞舍離麗掣集在聽堂」 | 〔T01 0440c24〕 | — |
| 師子大臣 | 「尼乾弟子師子大臣亦在眾中」 | 〔T01 0440c25〕 | — |
| 宗本·不可作 | 「沙門瞿曇宗本不可作,亦為人說不可作法」 | 〔T01 0441a01〕 | 「我說身惡行不可作,口、意惡行亦不可作」〔T01 0441b07〕;「我說此法盡不可作」〔T01 0441b10〕 |
| 可作 | 「宗本可作,亦為人說可作之法」 | 〔T01 0441a21〕 | 「我說身妙行可作,口、意妙行亦可作」〔T01 0441b15〕;「若如是比無量善法與樂果,受於樂報,生於善處而得長壽」〔T01 0441b16〕 |
| 斷滅 | 「沙門瞿曇宗本斷滅,亦為人說斷滅之法」 | 〔T01 0441a22〕 | 「我說身惡行應斷滅,口、意惡行亦應斷滅」〔T01 0441b22〕 |
| 可惡·可憎惡 | 「沙門瞿曇宗本可惡,亦為人說可憎惡法」 | 〔T01 0441a24〕 | 「我說身惡行可憎惡,口、意惡行亦可憎惡」〔T01 0441c01〕 |
| 法、律 | 「沙門瞿曇宗本法、律,亦為人說法、律之法」 | 〔T01 0441a27〕 | 「我為斷貪婬故而說法、律,斷瞋恚、愚癡故而說法、律」〔T01 0441c09〕 |
| 苦行 | 「沙門瞿曇宗本苦行,亦為人說苦行之法」 | 〔T01 0441a29〕 | 「然此苦行為下賤業,至苦至困,凡人所行,非是聖道」〔T01 0442a12〕;「彼苦行法知斷滅盡,拔絕其根,至竟不生者,我說彼苦行」〔T01 0442a13〕 |
| 不入於胎 | 「沙門瞿曇宗本不入於胎,亦為人說不入胎法」 | 〔T01 0441b02〕 | 「當來胎生,知斷滅盡,拔絕其根,至竟不生者,我說彼不入於胎」〔T01 0442a21〕 |
| 安隱 | 「沙門瞿曇宗本安隱,亦為人說安隱之法」 | 〔T01 0441b04〕 | 「我自安隱,亦安隱他比丘、比丘尼、優婆塞、優婆夷」〔T01 0442b04〕 |
| 身惡行·口意惡行·身妙行 | 「我說身惡行不可作,口、意惡行亦不可作」 | 〔T01 0441b07〕 | 見上「不可作」「可作」二列 |
| 當來有本·煩熱苦報 | 「為當來有本、煩熱苦報、生老病死因」 | 〔T01 0441b09〕 | — |
| 裸形無衣 | 「或有沙門、梵志裸形無衣」 | 〔T01 0441c17〕 | — |
| 不來尊·不善尊·不住尊 | 「不來尊、不善尊、不住尊」 | 〔T01 0441c20〕 | — |
| 頭頭邏食 | 「或食頭頭邏食」 | 〔T01 0442a01〕 | — |
| 頭舍衣 | 「或持頭舍衣」 | 〔T01 0442a03〕 | — |
| 事水·事火 | 「有事水,晝夜手抒,或有事火,竟昔然之」 | 〔T01 0442a09〕 | — |
| 下賤業·非是聖道 | 「然此苦行為下賤業」 | 〔T01 0442a12〕 | 「至苦至困,凡人所行,非是聖道」〔T01 0442a12〕 |
| 天邑 | 「在天邑中」 | 〔T01 0442c01〕 | — |
| 因本作·故業·苦邊 | 「謂人所受皆因本作」 | 〔T01 0442c03〕 | 「若其故業因苦行滅,不造新者,則諸業盡,諸業盡已,則得苦盡,得苦盡已,則得苦邊」〔T01 0442c03〕 |
| 淨智 | 「汝等自有淨智」 | 〔T01 0442c10〕 | 「我為本有,我為本無,我為本作惡,為不作惡,我為爾所苦盡,為爾所苦不盡」〔T01 0442c10〕 |
| 箭金醫 | 「即呼拔箭金醫」 | 〔T01 0443a01〕 | — |
| 上斷·上苦行 | 「若諸尼乾有上斷、上苦行」 | 〔T01 0443a24〕 | — |
| 樂報業·苦報業·現法報業·後生報業·不熟報業·熟報業 | 「若有樂報業,彼業寧可因斷、因苦行,轉作苦報耶」 | 〔T01 0443b13〕 | 「以是故,諸尼乾!虛妄方便,空斷無獲」〔T01 0443c03〕 |
| 親子尼乾 | 「我有尊師,名親子尼乾」 | 〔T01 0443c05〕 | — |
| 五種法現世二報 | 「有五種法現世二報,信、樂、聞、念、見善觀」 | 〔T01 0443c11〕 | — |
| 五詰責 | 「於如法中得五詰責,為可憎惡」 | 〔T01 0443c18〕 | 「今此眾生所受苦樂皆因本作」〔T01 0443c19〕 |
| 合會·為命 | 「眾生所受苦樂皆因合會」 | 〔T01 0443c22〕 | 次段「眾生所受苦樂皆因為命」〔T01 0443c25〕 |
| 行欲·行捨欲 | 「彼或欲斷苦因,行欲,或欲斷苦因,行捨欲」 | 〔T01 0444a15〕 | — |
| 箭工 | 「猶如箭工用檢撓箭」 | 〔T01 0444a24〕 | — |
| 心穢·慧羸 | 「心穢、慧羸」 | 〔T01 0444c05〕 | — |
| 不動心·漏盡智通 | 「得不動心,趣向漏盡智通作證」 | 〔T01 0444c08〕 | — |
| 五稱譽 | 「得五稱譽,如法無諍,可愛可敬」 | 〔T01 0444c15〕 | — |
| 聖無漏樂 | 「如來於今聖無漏樂,寂靜止息而得樂覺」 | 〔T01 0444c17〕 | — |
| 五因緣·心生憂苦 | 「有五因緣,心生憂苦」 | 〔T01 0445a05〕 | 「婬欲纏者,因婬欲纏故,心生憂苦」〔T01 0445a06〕 |
| 現法究竟·無煩無熱·常住不變·聖所知聖所見 | 「於現法中而得究竟,無煩無熱,常住不變,是聖所知、聖所見」 | 〔T01 0445a11〕 | — |
| 拘麗瘦·北村 | 「佛遊拘麗瘦」 | 〔T01 0445a27〕 | 「往至北村,住北村北尸攝惒林中」〔T01 0445a28〕 |
| 波羅牢伽彌尼 | 「波羅牢伽彌尼聞沙門瞿曇釋種子」 | 〔T01 0445a29〕 | — |
| 幻·知幻是幻 | 「我聞沙門瞿曇知幻是幻」 | 〔T01 0445b17〕 | 「我知彼幻,我自非幻」〔T01 0445b24〕;「我知幻,知幻人,知幻報,知斷幻」〔T01 0445c17〕 |
| 拘麗瘦卒 | 「汝聞拘麗瘦有卒耶」 | 〔T01 0445c02〕 | 「通使殺賊,為此事故,拘麗瘦畜是卒也」〔T01 0445c04〕 |
| 見異·欲異 | 「拘麗瘦卒見異、欲異,所願亦異」 | 〔T01 0445c12〕 | — |
| 如屈伸臂頃 | 「如屈伸臂頃,命終生地獄中」 | 〔T01 0445c25〕 | — |
| 悔過·長養聖法 | 「悔過,瞿曇!」 | 〔T01 0445c27〕 | 「唯願瞿曇受我悔過,見罪發露」〔T01 0446a01〕;「若有悔過,見罪發露,護不更作者,則長養聖法而無有失」〔T01 0446a05〕 |
| 現法受報 | 「彼一切即於現法受報,因彼生憂苦」 | 〔T01 0446a09〕 | — |
| 頭冠華鬘 | 「頭冠華鬘,雜香塗身」 | 〔T01 0446a13〕 | — |
| 梟其首 | 「坐高標下而梟其首」 | 〔T01 0446a23〕 | — |
| 高堂 | 「我於北村中造作高堂」 | 〔T01 0446c14〕 | — |
| 論士 | 「有四論士,所見各異,更相違反」 | 〔T01 0446c17〕 | — |
| 呪說 | 「無施無齋,無有呪說」 | 〔T01 0446c19〕 | — |
| 真人 | 「世無真人往至善處,善去善向」 | 〔T01 0446c20〕 | — |
| 自作教作·自斷教斷·自煮教煮 | 「自作、教作,自斷、教斷,自煮、教煮」 | 〔T01 0446c27〕 | — |
| 鐵輪 | 「又以鐵輪利如剃刀」 | 〔T01 0447a02〕 | — |
| 恒水南岸·北岸 | 「恒水南岸殺、斷、煮去,恒水北岸施與、作齋、呪說而來」 | 〔T01 0447a05〕 | — |
| 惠施·愛言·利及等利 | 「惠施、愛言、利及等利」 | 〔T01 0447a07〕 | — |
| 遠離·法定 | 「獨住遠離」 | 〔T01 0444b26〕 | 「遠離」字先見於此(經十九);法定之名首見「有法之定,名曰遠離」〔T01 0447a25〕;「汝因此定,可得正念,可得一心」〔T01 0447a26〕 |
| 十惡業道 | 「我斷十惡業道,念十善業道」 | 〔T01 0447b07〕 | — |
| 止息身 | 「便止息身,止息身已,便身覺樂」 | 〔T01 0447b10〕 | — |
| 無上人上之法 | 「我今得無上人上之法,昇進得安樂居,謂遠離法定」 | 〔T01 0447b22〕 | — |
| 不是不非·內心止 | 「不是不非已,得內心止」 | 〔T01 0447b24〕 | — |
| 遠塵離垢·諸法淨眼 | 「遠塵離垢,諸法淨眼生」 | 〔T01 0448b28〕 | — |
| 見法得法·覺白淨法 | 「見法、得法,覺白淨法,斷疑度惑」 | 〔T01 0448b29〕 | — |
| 已住果證·無所畏 | 「已住果證,於世尊法得無所畏」 | 〔T01 0448c01〕 | — |
七、譬喻·修辭
偈——本卷無偈,不列。
譬喻
- 八事排比——經十八,世尊總答八事,每事一句同式:「師子!有事因此事故,於如實法不能謗毀」〔T01 0441a17〕,下接『沙門瞿曇宗本某,亦為人說某法』;次第八段逐釋,每段以『云何(復)有事因此事故』起,以「是謂有事因此事故」結,中出定義之句:
| 次 | 宗本(逐字) | 錨 | 釋句(逐字) | 錨 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | 「宗本不可作」 | 〔T01 0441a18〕 | 「我說身惡行不可作」 | 〔T01 0441b07〕 |
| 2 | 「宗本可作」 | 〔T01 0441a21〕 | 「我說身妙行可作」 | 〔T01 0441b15〕 |
| 3 | 「宗本斷滅」 | 〔T01 0441a23〕 | 「我說身惡行應斷滅」 | 〔T01 0441b22〕 |
| 4 | 「宗本可惡」 | 〔T01 0441a25〕 | 「我說身惡行可憎惡」 | 〔T01 0441c01〕 |
| 5 | 「宗本法、律」 | 〔T01 0441a27〕 | 「我為斷貪婬故而說法、律」 | 〔T01 0441c09〕 |
| 6 | 「宗本苦行」 | 〔T01 0441a29〕 | 「有此苦行我不說無」 | 〔T01 0442a11〕 |
| 7 | 「宗本不入於胎」 | 〔T01 0441b02〕 | 「我說彼不入於胎」 | 〔T01 0442a22〕 |
| 8 | 「宗本安隱」 | 〔T01 0441b04〕 | 「我自安隱,亦安隱他比丘、比丘尼、優婆塞、優婆夷」 | 〔T01 0442b04〕 |
第一、三、四、五段,皆重「為當來有本、煩熱苦報、生老病死因」之句(首見〔T01 0441b09〕);第二段作『與樂果,受於樂報』;第六、七段皆以『知斷滅盡,拔絕其根,至竟不生』作釋。第四事總列作「宗本可惡」,所說之法作「可憎惡法」,照字。第二段之結句,作「是謂有事因此事故,不能謗毀」〔T01 0441b18〕,無「於如實法」四字,照字。
-
苦行目長列——經十八第六段:「或有沙門、梵志裸形無衣」〔T01 0441c17〕起,衣、水、食、住、髮鬚、臥具、事奉諸目,多以「或」「不」起句,至「如此之比受無量苦,學煩熱行」〔T01 0442a10〕止;食之數,由一口至七口、由一得至七得、由一日至一月,皆以「以一食為足」之式,中以「乃至」略之(〔T01 0441c25〕〔T01 0441c26〕)。
-
明目人·不良馬——經十八師子之白:「瞿曇!猶明目人」〔T01 0442b11〕,合作「沙門瞿曇亦復如是」〔T01 0442b13〕;「世尊!猶如有人養不良馬」〔T01 0442b16〕,合作「我亦如是」〔T01 0442b18〕。二喻與卷第三惒破經惒破之白同式。
-
毒箭——經十九:「尼乾!猶如有人身被毒箭」〔T01 0442c28〕;開瘡、求金、拔出、裹瘡四時,每時皆「復生極苦」,終「得力無患,不壞諸根,平復如故」〔T01 0443a06〕;被箭之人「自有淨智」〔T01 0443a07〕,自憶其苦之次第;合法作「如是,尼乾!若汝等自有淨智」〔T01 0443a15〕。
-
箭工——經十九:「猶如箭工用檢撓箭,其箭已直,不復用檢」〔T01 0444a24〕;合作比丘「本所為者,其義已成,若復斷苦,是處不然」〔T01 0444b02〕。
-
愛女——經十九:「猶如有人愛念、染著、敬待彼女」〔T01 0444b03〕;世尊二問,「比丘答曰」二見(〔T01 0444b05〕〔T01 0444b15〕),一答「如是。世尊!」,一答「不也。世尊!」;合作「如是,比丘便作是念」〔T01 0444b19〕。
-
拘麗瘦卒——經二十:「汝聞拘麗瘦有卒耶」〔T01 0445c02〕;卒「極犯禁戒,唯行惡法」〔T01 0445c07〕,知者不因知而犯;合作「如來何以不得知幻而自非幻」〔T01 0445c16〕。
-
華鬘·王戮六例——經二十,世尊為破『一切即於現法受報』之說,殺生、不與取、妄言三組,每組二例:
| 組 | 例 | 答者之語(逐字) | 錨 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 殺生 | 華鬘歡樂如王 | 「此人為王殺害怨家」 | 〔T01 0446a17〕 |
| 殺生 | 為王所戮 | 「此人枉殺王家無過之人」 | 〔T01 0446a24〕 |
| 不與取 | 華鬘歡樂如王 | 「此人於他國中而不與取」 | 〔T01 0446b07〕 |
| 不與取 | 為王所戮 | 「此人於王國而不與取」 | 〔T01 0446b14〕 |
| 妄言 | 華鬘歡樂如王 | 「此人作妓,能戲調笑,彼以妄言令王歡喜」 | 〔T01 0446b26〕 |
| 妄言 | 為王所殺 | 「此人在王前妄有所證,彼以妄言欺誑於王」 | 〔T01 0446c04〕 |
前二組受戮之刑同作「反縛兩手,打鼓唱令,出南城門,坐高標下而梟其首」〔T01 0446a22〕;妄言組作「用棒打殺,盛以木檻,露車載之,出北城門,棄著壍中」〔T01 0446c02〕。每組之末,世尊問其說「為真說,為虛妄言」,波羅牢答「妄言」,世尊歎「善哉!善哉!伽彌尼!」(〔T01 0446b02〕〔T01 0446b20〕〔T01 0446c12〕)。第三組之問前,多「於意云何」一語〔T01 0446c07〕,照字。
修辭
- 五問同式:經十八師子之問與經二十波羅牢之問,皆作謗毀、真實、是法、法如法、無過無難詰五問,如「彼說真實耶?彼說是法耶?」〔T01 0441a12〕、「彼說真實耶?彼說是法耶?」〔T01 0445b19〕;世尊之答,亦同式五句。
- 淨智之問:經十九「我為本有,我為本無,我為本作惡,為不作惡,我為爾所苦盡,為爾所苦不盡」〔T01 0442c10〕,以自有淨智、自無淨智二面反覆。
- 上中下排比:經十九「若諸尼乾有上斷、上苦行」〔T01 0443a24〕,中、下二問同式,尼乾三答如是——第一答「如是。瞿曇!」〔T01 0443a25〕句號,後二答「如是,瞿曇!」〔T01 0443a27〕逗號,照底本;次以生苦、止息苦二式各三句重述。
- 六業不可轉:經十九樂報、苦報、現法報、後生報、不熟報、熟報六問,每問皆以「彼業寧可因斷、因苦行」起,尼乾皆答「不也。瞿曇!」;次以「彼業不可因斷、因苦行」六句重述,結以「虛妄方便,空斷無獲」〔T01 0443c04〕。
- 五詰責·五稱譽對句:經十九五詰責,每段以「是謂尼乾第一可憎惡」〔T01 0443c21〕之式作結;五稱譽,每段以「是謂如來得第一稱譽」〔T01 0444c18〕之式作結;二組同以本作、合會、為命、見、尊祐造五因為序,一作惡、一作妙。五詰責之式,與卷第三度經三度處同式。
- 三喻同結:經十九比丘斷苦之念,於行欲行捨欲之後、箭工喻之後、愛女喻之後三見,皆作「隨所為、隨所行,不善法生而善法滅」,結以「是處不然」。
- 四論士對反:經二十,「於中論士如是見、如是說」〔T01 0446c18〕;「第二論士而有正見,反第一論士所見所知」〔T01 0446c22〕;「第三論士如是見、如是說」〔T01 0446c27〕;「第四論士而有正見」〔T01 0447a08〕。第三、第四論士之說同列殺、斷、煮諸事,一作「作如是者,為不作惡」〔T01 0447a01〕、「因是無罪無福」〔T01 0447a06〕,一作「作如是者,實為作惡」〔T01 0447a13〕、「因是有罪有福」〔T01 0447a18〕。
- 遠離法定四段重說:經二十,每段先述十惡十善、歡悅、喜、止息身、身覺樂、一心,次作心與某俱遍滿成就遊,次述一論士之見,結以「不是不非」與「內心止」。首段「則心與慈俱,遍滿一方成就遊」〔T01 0447b12〕,所述為第一論士之見;第二段「則心與悲俱」〔T01 0447c07〕,為第二論士之見;第三段「則心與喜俱」〔T01 0448a03〕,為第三論士之見;第四段「則心與捨俱」〔T01 0448b05〕,為第四論士之見。後三段異字:第二段作「我得無上人上之法」〔T01 0447c17〕,無「今」字;第三段作「實為不作惡」〔T01 0448a10〕,並作「內得心止」〔T01 0448a22〕;第四段作「呪說而求」〔T01 0448b17〕,並作「我得無上人上之法,昇進得樂居」〔T01 0448b22〕。照字。四段之式,與卷第三伽藍經四安隱住處同式。
- 三自歸之重:經十八師子三白,「我今再自歸」〔T01 0442b20〕、「我今三自歸」〔T01 0442b24〕,每白各說一由。
八、徵引承衍
- 論藏四阿笈摩之名:〔T30n1579 0772c09〕〔T30n1579 0772c10〕〔T30n1579 0772c25〕(逐字見目三)。論藏無逐目釋,此外不立論之同詞。
九、校本定位
大正校記與今行校本之列,本卷共一百四十九條(【大】=大正藏原刊;【宋】【元】【明】=三本,大正注略稱【三】;【CB】=今行校本;【麗-CB】=今行校本所標之麗本)。今行字列底本之字;底本以夾注自標而大正注以三本或明本無之者,今行字列其夾注全文。並錄不判。
| # | 錨 | 今行字 | 異讀 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 001 | 0440c22 | 〔初一日誦〕 | 【明】無 |
| 002 | 0440c26 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 003 | 0440c28 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 004 | 0440c28 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 005 | 0440c29 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 006 | 0441a05 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 007 | 0441a07 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 008 | 0441c19 | 魁 | 【宋】【元】【明】櫆 |
| 009 | 0441c25 | 口 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 010 | 0442b01 | 有 | 【宋】【元】【明】為 |
| 011 | 0442b12 | 眼 | 【宋】【元】【明】明 |
| 012 | 0442b18 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 013 | 0442b23 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 014 | 0442b27 | 奉行 | 【宋】【元】【明】奉行海德佛性空佛 |
| 015 | 0442b28 | 師子經第八竟 | 【明】無 |
| 016 | 0442b28 | 〔二千四百一十三字〕 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 017 | 0442b29 | 中阿含 | 【明】無 |
| 018 | 0442b29 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 019 | 0442b29 | 〔初一日誦〕 | 【明】無 |
| 020 | 0442c02 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 021 | 0442c06 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 022 | 0442c10 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 023 | 0442c14 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 024 | 0442c21 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 025 | 0442c25 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 026 | 0442c28 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 027 | 0443a05 | 薄 | 【宋】【元】【明】覆 |
| 028 | 0443a07 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 029 | 0443a13 | 薄 | 【宋】【元】【明】覆 |
| 030 | 0443a15 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 031 | 0443a19 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 032 | 0443a22 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 033 | 0443a24 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 034 | 0443a24 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 035 | 0443a25 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 036 | 0443a26 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 037 | 0443a28 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 038 | 0443a29 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 039 | 0443a29 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 040 | 0443b01 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 041 | 0443b02 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 042 | 0443b03 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 043 | 0443b04 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 044 | 0443b05 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 045 | 0443b05 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 046 | 0443b07 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 047 | 0443b08 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 048 | 0443b11 | 則 | 【宋】【元】【明】即 |
| 049 | 0443b12 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 050 | 0443b13 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 051 | 0443b13 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 052 | 0443b15 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 053 | 0443b17 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 054 | 0443b19 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 055 | 0443b21 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 056 | 0443b23 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 057 | 0443b25 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 058 | 0443b26 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 059 | 0443b27 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 060 | 0443b29 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 061 | 0443c01 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 062 | 0443c02 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 063 | 0443c04 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 064 | 0443c04 | 虛 | 【宋】【元】【明】等虛 |
| 065 | 0443c04 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 066 | 0443c05 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 067 | 0443c06 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 068 | 0443c08 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 069 | 0443c09 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 070 | 0443c10 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 071 | 0443c11 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 072 | 0443c12 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 073 | 0443c14 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 074 | 0443c17 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 075 | 0443c20 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 076 | 0443c21 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 077 | 0443c21 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 078 | 0443c23 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 079 | 0443c24 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 080 | 0443c24 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 081 | 0443c27 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 082 | 0443c27 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 083 | 0443c28 | 諸 | 【宋】【元】【明】謂 |
| 084 | 0443c29 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 085 | 0444a01 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 086 | 0444a01 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 087 | 0444a03 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 088 | 0444a04 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 089 | 0444a04 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 090 | 0444a05 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 091 | 0444a07 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 092 | 0444a08 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 |
| 093 | 0444b05 | 苦 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 094 | 0444b11 | 彼 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 095 | 0444b13 | 彼 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 096 | 0444b26 | 住 | 【元】【明】依 |
| 097 | 0444b27 | 靜 | 【宋】【元】【明】靖 |
| 098 | 0444b29 | 靜 | 【宋】【元】【明】靖 |
| 099 | 0444b29 | 檀 | 【宋】【元】【明】壇 |
| 100 | 0444c01 | 加 | 【宋】【元】【明】跏 |
| 101 | 0444c04 | 掉 | 【宋】調 |
| 102 | 0444c09 | 習 | 【元】【明】集 |
| 103 | 0444c10 | 習 | 【元】【明】集 |
| 104 | 0444c14 | 辦 | 【大】辨(今行作辦:【CB】) |
| 105 | 0445a07 | 掉 | 【宋】調 |
| 106 | 0445a13 | 掉 | 【宋】調 |
| 107 | 0445a24 | 乾 | 【宋】【元】揵 |
| 108 | 0445a24 | 尼乾經第九竟 | 【明】無 |
| 109 | 0445a24 | 〔三千六百〕 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 110 | 0445a25 | 中阿含 | 【明】無 |
| 111 | 0445a25 | 〔初一日誦〕 | 【明】無 |
| 112 | 0445b15 | 靜 | 【宋】【元】【明】靖 |
| 113 | 0445b23 | 伽彌尼 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 114 | 0445c01 | 何 | 【宋】【元】【明】何伽彌尼 |
| 115 | 0445c27 | 坐 | 【宋】【元】【明】座 |
| 116 | 0445c28 | 昔 | 【宋】【元】【明】首 |
| 117 | 0446a23 | 梟 | 【宋】臬 |
| 118 | 0446b18 | 苦 | 【宋】【元】若 |
| 119 | 0446c13 | 坐 | 【宋】【元】【明】座 |
| 120 | 0446c15 | 褥 | 【宋】【元】【明】蓐 |
| 121 | 0446c28 | 搥 | 【宋】【元】【明】槌 |
| 122 | 0447a01 | 劫 | 【元】【明】陌 |
| 123 | 0447a12 | 劫 | 【元】【明】陌 |
| 124 | 0447a22 | 曰 | 【大】白(今行作曰:【CB】【麗-CB】) |
| 125 | 0447a28 | 坐 | 【宋】【元】【明】座 |
| 126 | 0447b02 | 我 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 127 | 0447b22 | 上 | 【元】【明】無 |
| 128 | 0447c11 | 彼 | 【宋】【元】【明】便 |
| 129 | 0447c11 | 若 | 【宋】【元】【明】若有 |
| 130 | 0447c18 | 上 | 【元】【明】無 |
| 131 | 0448a06 | 彼 | 【宋】【元】【明】便 |
| 132 | 0448a08 | 搥 | 【宋】【元】【明】椎 |
| 133 | 0448a10 | 實 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 134 | 0448a20 | 今 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 135 | 0448a20 | 上 | 【元】【明】無 |
| 136 | 0448a24 | 汝 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 137 | 0448b10 | 搥 | 【宋】【元】【明】椎 |
| 138 | 0448b12 | 劫 | 【元】【明】陌 |
| 139 | 0448b17 | 求 | 【宋】【元】【明】來 |
| 140 | 0448b23 | 上 | 【元】【明】無 |
| 141 | 0448b23 | 樂 | 【元】【明】安樂 |
| 142 | 0448b28 | 淨 | 【宋】【元】【明】法 |
| 143 | 0448c02 | 坐 | 【宋】【元】【明】座 |
| 144 | 0448c07 | 波羅牢經第十竟 | 【明】無 |
| 145 | 0448c07 | 〔四千八百〕 | 【明】無 |
| 146 | 0448c08 | 〔一萬八百十三字〕 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 147 | 0448c09 | 中阿含業相應品第二竟 | 【明】無 |
| 148 | 0448c09 | 〔二萬一千六十字〕 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 149 | 0448c09 | 〔初一日誦〕 | 【明】無 |
- 分佈:經十八十六條(001–016);經十九九十三條(017–109);經二十三十六條(110–145);卷末題一條(146);品末題三條(147–149)。
- 經題「中阿含」三字,明本無者二條(017、110),經十八經題本無此三字;經題〔初一日誦〕,明本無者三條(001、019、111)。
- 經末『某經第N竟』一行,明本無者三條(015、108、144);經末自標字數,三本無者二條(016、109),明本無者一條(145);卷末自標字數,三本無者一條(146);品末題,明本無其題者一條(147),三本無其自標字數者一條(148),明本無其〔初一日誦〕者一條(149)。
- 「乾」作揵者七十八條:經十八八條(002–007、012、013),皆在「尼乾」之名;經十九七十條(018、020–026、028、030–047、049–063、065–082、084–092、107),皆在「尼乾」「親子尼乾」之名;其中經十九經末行一條(107)唯宋、元二本作揵,其餘皆三本作揵。經二十無。
- 「薄」三本作覆者二條(027、029),皆在經十九毒箭喻「薄瘡纏裹」。
- 「靜」三本作靖者三條(097、098、112);「坐」三本作座者四條(115、119、125、143);「掉」宋本作調者三條(101、105、106)。
- 經十九四諦句之「習」,元、明二本作集者二條(102、103)。
- 經二十「劫」元、明二本作陌者三條(122、123、138);「搥」三本作槌者一條(121),作椎者二條(132、137)。
- 經二十遠離法定四段「無上人上之法」之「上」,元、明二本無者四條(127、130、135、140)。
校記增補(今行校本補注;今行與大正原刊字異)
- 〔T01 0444c14〕「所作已辦」之「辦」:今行作辦(【CB】),大正原刊作辨(第104條)。
- 〔T01 0447a22〕「世尊告曰」之「曰」:今行作曰(【CB】【麗-CB】),大正原刊作白(第124條)。
- 〔T01 0443a05〕:大正原刊注作「簿=覆【三】」,以簿為底字;底本此行作「薄瘡纏裹」,今行之列以薄為底字(第027條)。二注所列底字不同,並錄。〔T01 0443a13〕同句之再見,今行之列亦以薄為底字(第029條)。
- 〔T01 0445a24〕經十九經末行:今行之列此條底字之範圍作「尼乾揵經第九竟」,乾、揵二字相疊;大正原刊注作「〔尼…竟〕六字-【明】」,即「尼乾經第九竟」六字明本無。今行字依底本列「尼乾經第九竟」(第108條)。同行「乾」字宋、元二本作揵(第107條)。
- 〔T01 0448c08〕卷末題:大正原刊另有一注,作「卷末題在品末題次行【宋】【元】」,謂宋、元二本卷末題之位在品末題之次行;今行之列無此條,照錄於此,不計入一百四十九條。
字形
- 經十八苦行目「或食穄米,或食雜」之次一字,在〔T01 0442a01〕行首:底本此字為組字〔麩-夫+廣〕(CBETA 組字號 CB00931),鏡檔以私用區碼位 U+F03A3 承之,其通用對應為擴展 B 區 U+2A37F。本卷正文此外無擴展 A 區字、無擴展 B 區字。照錄不判。
- 「尼揵」一見:「諸尼揵等本惡為命」〔T01 0443c26〕;本卷他處皆作尼乾。照字。
- 「鞞」「羇」「惒」「掣」照底本字。
- 「穢污」「穢汙」二形並見:「穢污之法」〔T01 0441b09〕;「穢汙之法」〔T01 0441b24〕等。「憂慼染汙法」與「憂慼染污法」同句並見〔T01 0442b07〕。照字。
- 「搥胸」「搥胷」二形並見:「搥胸懊惱」〔T01 0446c28〕〔T01 0447a11〕〔T01 0448b10〕;「搥胷懊惱」〔T01 0448a08〕。照字。
- 「穿牆」「穿墻」二形並見:「穿牆開藏」〔T01 0446c29〕;「穿墻開藏」〔T01 0447a12〕〔T01 0448a09〕〔T01 0448b12〕。照字。
- 「結加趺坐」〔T01 0444c01〕,作加;三本作跏(第100條)。照字。
- 「身毛皆竪」〔T01 0445c26〕,作竪。照字。
夾注——底本自標之〔…〕凡九處:三經經題〔初一日誦〕三處;三經經末自標字數三處;卷末自標字數一處;品末題〔二萬一千六十字〕〔初一日誦〕二處。經題之〔初一日誦〕,經十八、經十九在經題同行;經二十跨入次行。品末題之〔初一日誦〕亦跨入次行。本卷經題無音注。照錄。
經末自標字數與今計——底本經末自標字數,與今計本經漢字數(自經題至經末自標行;經二十之數含卷末題與品末題二行三十五字)並錄;二數記法不同,照錄不校。今計不計經十八組字一字。
| 經 | 自標 | 今計 |
|---|---|---|
| 18 | 二千四百一十三字 | 2,441 |
| 19 | 三千六百 | 3,628 |
| 20 | 四千八百 | 4,864 |
卷末自標「〔一萬八百十三字〕」〔T01 0448c08〕;三經自標之和為一萬零八百一十三,與卷末自標同;今計全卷漢字一萬零九百五十三(三經今計之和一萬零九百三十三,加卷首二行二十字)。品末自標「〔二萬一千六十字〕」〔T01 0448c09〕,即卷第三卷末自標一萬零二百四十七與本卷卷末自標一萬零八百一十三之和。諸數並錄,照錄不校。
十、巴利對經存目·別譯異文
① 存目——大正頭注之巴利對經,照錄原刊注逐字;今行注與原刊注字異者,以〔CBETA 校:…〕並錄。不譯巴利文,不據巴利改漢。
經題三經:
| 經 | 大正頭注逐字 | 錨 |
|---|---|---|
| 18 | ~A. VIII. 12. Sīha. cf Vinaya, mahāvagga VI.31.10-11.〔CBETA 校:今行注作 ~A. VIII. 12. Sīha.,cf Vinaya, mahāvagga VI.31.10-11.〕 | 0440c22 |
| 19 | ~M. 101. Devadaha sutta. | 0442b29 |
| 20 | ~S. 42. 13. Pāṭali. | 0445a25 |
經十八經題注另含參照一條:cf Vinaya, mahāvagga VI.31.10-11.——照錄,不釋不據。
經內十五條(經十八六條·經十九六條·經二十三條):
| 經 | 大正頭注逐字 | 錨 |
|---|---|---|
| 18 | ~Vesālī.〔CBETA 校:今行注作 鞞舍離【大】,~Vesālī.〕 | 0440c23 |
| 18 | ~Licchavī.〔CBETA 校:今行注作 麗掣【大】,~Licchavī.〕 | 0440c24 |
| 18 | ~Sīha senapati Nigaṇṭha-sāvaka.〔CBETA 校:今行注作 尼乾弟子師子【大】,~Sīha senapati Nigaṇṭha-sāvaka.〕 | 0440c25 |
| 18 | 宗本…作〔空〕~akiriyavādo akiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti.〔CBETA 校:今行注作 宗本…作法【大】,~akiriyavādo akiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti.〕 | 0441a01 |
| 18 | 法如法~Dhamma ca anudhamma.〔CBETA 校:今行注作 法如法【大】,~Dhamma ca anudhamma.〕 | 0441a12 |
| 18 | ~gabbhaseyyā punabhavābhimbbatti. | 0442a24 |
| 19 | ~Sakkesu.〔CBETA 校:今行注作 釋羇瘦【大】,~Sakkesu.〕 | 0442c01 |
| 19 | 天邑~Devadaha.〔CBETA 校:今行注作 天邑【大】,~Devadaha.〕 | 0442c01 |
| 19 | 因本作~Pubbekatahetu.〔CBETA 校:今行注作 因本作【大】,~Pubbekatahetu.〕 | 0442c03 |
| 19 | 親子尼乾~Nigaṇṭha Nāṭaputta.〔CBETA 校:今行注作 親子尼乾【大】,~Nigaṇṭha Nāṭaputta.〕 | 0443c05 |
| 19 | 彼或欲…捨欲~Imassa khome dukkhanidānassa saṃkhāraṃ padahato saṃkhārappadhānā virāgo hoti; imassa pana me dukkhanidānassa ajjhupekkhato upekham bhāvayato virago hoti.〔CBETA 校:今行注作 彼或欲…捨欲【大】,~Imassa khome dukkhanidānassa saṃkhāraṃ padahato saṃkhārappadhānā virāgo hoti; imassa pana me dukkhanidānassa ajjhupekkhato upekham bhāvayato virago hoti.〕 | 0444a15 |
| 19 | 知此苦如真~Idaṃ dukkhani yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.〔CBETA 校:今行注作 知此苦如真【大】,~Idaṃ dukkhani yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.〕 | 0444c09 |
| 20 | ~Koḷiyesu.〔CBETA 校:今行注作 拘麗瘦【大】,~Koḷiyesu.〕 | 0445a27 |
| 20 | 北村~Uttara.〔CBETA 校:今行注作 北村【大】,~Uttara.〕 | 0445a28 |
| 20 | ~Pāṭaliya gāmaṇī.〔CBETA 校:今行注作 波羅牢伽彌尼【大】,~Pāṭaliya gāmaṇī.〕 | 0445a28 |
本卷大正頭注之巴利對經,原刊注帶「~」者十八條(經題三條·經內十五條);三經經題皆有頭注。經內〔T01 0442a24〕一條在經十八不入胎段,今行另錄同文一注,無「~」號。經內〔T01 0441a01〕一條,原刊注於「作」下照錄〔空〕,今行注作「作法」。經題「中阿含」三字與〔初一日誦〕明本無之者,見目九。照錄注文,不判。
② 別譯異文——大正注所指別本之號,照錄:
| 經 | 大正注所注之號 | 錨 |
|---|---|---|
| 18 | 大正無別本注 | 0440c22 |
| 19 | 大正無別本注 | 0442b29 |
| 20 | 大正無別本注 | 0445a25 |
③ 本母——論藏無逐目釋。
Placement of the passage as a whole. This unit is the whole of Fascicle 4 of the Madhyama Āgama: from the fascicle title at its head, 「中阿含經卷第四」—“Madhyama Āgama, Fascicle 4”〔T01 0440c19〕, to the closing title at its end, 「中阿含經卷第四〔一萬八百十三字〕」—“Madhyama Āgama, Fascicle 4 [ten thousand eight hundred and thirteen characters]”〔T01 0448c08〕, followed by the closing title of the chapter, 「中阿含業相應品第二竟〔二萬一千六十字〕〔初一日誦〕」—“Chapter on Action of the Madhyama Āgama, the Second, ends [twenty-one thousand and sixty characters] [first-day recitation]”〔T01 0448c09〕; it holds three discourses (the base text’s discourse titles 「(一八)」—“(18)” to 「(二〇)」—“(20)”). This fascicle belongs to the Chapter on Action; the chapter title and the summary verse are at the head of the chapter in Fascicle 3; the chapter has ten discourses, the first seven in Fascicle 3, this fascicle holds the last three, and with this fascicle the Chapter on Action ends. The speakers are of two types: in Discourses 18 and 20 a lay person asks, the World-Honored One answers, and the questioner ends by taking refuge; in Discourse 19 the World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus, relating for himself his questions and answers when he went to the Nirgranthas. This fascicle has no verses and no summary verse. The treatise collection has no item-by-item gloss.
I. Doctrinal-Outline Placement
The place of Fascicle 4—the head of the fascicle in the base text:
- 「中阿含經卷第四」—“Madhyama Āgama, Fascicle 4”〔T01 0440c19〕
- 「東晉罽賓三藏瞿曇僧伽提婆譯」—“translated by Gautama Saṅghadeva, the Tripiṭaka master of Kaśmīra, in the Eastern Jin”〔T01 0440c21〕 (the attribution in its short form, one line)
This fascicle is the fourth fascicle of the whole scripture and belongs to the Chapter on Action. This fascicle has no chapter title and no summary verse: the chapter title 「業相應品第二〔有十經〕〔初一日誦〕」—“the Chapter on Action, the Second [ten discourses] [first-day recitation]” and the one summary verse of two lines are both at the head of the chapter in Fascicle 3; this fascicle has no verses and no summary verse, and the summary verse of this chapter is at the head of the chapter in Fascicle 3. The chapter has ten discourses; the first seven are in Fascicle 3, and this fascicle holds Discourse 18, the Discourse to Siṃha, Discourse 19, the Discourse on the Nirgranthas, and Discourse 20, the Discourse to Pāṭaliya, three discourses in all. The closing title at the end of the fascicle reads 「中阿含經卷第四〔一萬八百十三字〕」—“Madhyama Āgama, Fascicle 4 [ten thousand eight hundred and thirteen characters]”〔T01 0448c08〕, directly following the one line of the count marked at the end of Discourse 20; next comes the closing title of the chapter, 「中阿含業相應品第二竟〔二萬一千六十字〕〔初一日誦〕」—“Chapter on Action of the Madhyama Āgama, the Second, ends [twenty-one thousand and sixty characters] [first-day recitation]”〔T01 0448c09〕, and of its interlinear note [first-day recitation] the last character 「誦」—“recitation” and its closing bracket stand on the next line.
Three accounts recorded side by side (recorded as they stand, not collated)—the sum of the counts marked at the end of the three discourses is ten thousand eight hundred and thirteen (two thousand four hundred and thirteen, three thousand six hundred, four thousand eight hundred); the count marked at the end of the fascicle, 「〔一萬八百十三字〕」—“[ten thousand eight hundred and thirteen characters]”, is the same as the sum of the counts marked for the three discourses; the count marked at the end of the chapter, 「〔二萬一千六十字〕」—“[twenty-one thousand and sixty characters]”, is the count marked at the end of Fascicle 3, ten thousand two hundred and forty-seven, plus the count marked at the end of this fascicle, ten thousand eight hundred and thirteen. For the present count, see Section IX.
Dwelling places (all verbatim from the base text)
- Vaiśālī, the storied hall by the Monkey Pond—Discourse 18: 「佛遊鞞舍離,在獼猴水邊高樓臺觀」—“the Buddha was staying at Vaiśālī, in the storied hall by the Monkey Pond”〔T01 0440c23〕.
- Among the Śākyas, the Heavenly Town—Discourse 19: 「佛遊釋羇瘦,在天邑中」—“the Buddha was staying among the Śākyas, in the Heavenly Town”〔T01 0442c01〕.
- Among the Koliyas, the Śiṃśapā Grove north of North Village—Discourse 20: 「佛遊拘麗瘦,與大比丘眾俱,往至北村,住北村北尸攝惒林中」—“the Buddha was staying among the Koliyas, together with a great assembly of bhikṣus; he went to North Village and stayed in the Śiṃśapā Grove north of North Village”〔T01 0445a27〕.
- The opening formula of every discourse is 「我聞如是」—“Thus have I heard”, three occurrences in all, as in Discourse 18, 「我聞如是:一時,佛遊鞞舍離」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Vaiśālī”〔T01 0440c23〕; in Discourse 19 the character 「我」—“I” stands at the end of the line of the discourse title, 「我」—“I”〔T01 0442b29〕, and the next line continues 「聞如是:一時,佛遊釋羇瘦」—“have heard. At one time the Buddha was staying among the Śākyas”〔T01 0442c01〕.
The types of the three discourses, and what is said
| Discourse | Discourse title (verbatim) | Anchor | Type | What is said (verbatim) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 18 | 「(一八)業相應品師子經第八〔初一日誦〕」—“(18) The Discourse to Siṃha of the Chapter on Action, the Eighth [first-day recitation]” | 〔T01 0440c22〕 | The minister Siṃha, a disciple of the Nirgranthas, asks · the World-Honored One answers with eight things · Siṃha takes refuge three times | 「沙門瞿曇宗本不可作,亦為人說不可作法」—“the ascetic Gautama holds as his tenet what is not to be done, and teaches others the dharma of what is not to be done”〔T01 0441a01〕; 「有此苦行我不說無」—“I do not say that this ascetic practice does not exist”〔T01 0442a11〕; 「我自安隱,亦安隱他比丘、比丘尼、優婆塞、優婆夷」—“I am myself secure and make others secure, bhikṣus, bhikṣuṇīs, upāsakas, and upāsikās”〔T01 0442b04〕 |
| 19 | 「(一九)中阿含業相應品尼乾經第九〔初一日誦〕」—“(19) The Discourse on the Nirgranthas of the Chapter on Action of the Madhyama Āgama, the Ninth [first-day recitation]” | 〔T01 0442b29〕 | The World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus · relates for himself his questions and answers with the Nirgranthas · the simile of the poisoned arrow · the simile of the arrow-maker · the simile of the beloved woman | 「謂人所受皆因本作」—“whatever a person experiences is all due to what was done before”〔T01 0442c03〕; 「虛妄方便,空斷無獲」—“vain effort, empty severing, nothing gained”〔T01 0443c04〕; 「於如法中得五詰責,為可憎惡」—“in what accords with the Dharma they get five reproaches, and are detestable”〔T01 0443c18〕; 「得五稱譽,如法無諍,可愛可敬」—“gains five praises, in accordance with the Dharma, without dispute, worthy of love and worthy of respect”〔T01 0444c15〕; 「謂八支聖道,正見乃至正定,是為八」—“that is, the noble path of eight factors, from right view up to right concentration, these are the eight”〔T01 0445a20〕 |
| 20 | 「(二〇)中阿含業相應品波羅牢經第十〔初一日誦〕」—“(20) The Discourse to Pāṭaliya of the Chapter on Action of the Madhyama Āgama, the Tenth [first-day recitation]” | 〔T01 0445a25〕 | Pāṭaliya the Gāmaṇi asks · the World-Honored One answers · the simile of the soldiers of the Koliyas · three groups on experiencing the result in this very life · four debaters · four sections on the concentration on the Dharma called seclusion · the Dharma eye · taking refuge | 「我知彼幻,我自非幻」—“I know that illusion, but I myself am not an illusion”〔T01 0445b24〕; 「如屈伸臂頃,命終生地獄中」—“in the time it takes to bend or stretch an arm, at death he is born in hell”〔T01 0445c25〕; 「有法之定,名曰遠離」—“there is a concentration on the Dharma called seclusion”〔T01 0447a25〕; 「遠塵離垢,諸法淨眼生」—“dust was removed and stain left behind, and the pure eye of the Dharma arose”〔T01 0448b28〕 |
The discourse title of Discourse 18 lacks the three characters 「中阿含」—“Madhyama Āgama”, and the discourse titles of Discourses 19 and 20 have them. The discourse titles of all three discourses carry [first-day recitation]: in Discourse 18 it stands on the same line as the discourse title; in Discourse 19 it stands on the same line as the discourse title, and after it, at the end of the line, comes the character 「我」—“I” that opens the discourse; in the discourse title of Discourse 20 the [first-day recitation] runs over the line, 「〔初」—“[first-” standing at the end of the line of the discourse title and 「一日誦〕」—“-day recitation]” on the next line〔T01 0445a26〕.
Verses—This fascicle has no verses and no summary verse; the summary verse of this chapter is at the head of the chapter in Fascicle 3.
Speakers
- The types of speaker fall into two groups:
- The type in which a lay person asks and the World-Honored One answers (Discourses 18 and 20):
- Discourse 18—the minister Siṃha first goes to the Nirgranthas, 「白尼乾曰」—“said to the Nirgranthas”〔T01 0440c28〕; 「尼乾訶師子曰」—“the Nirgrantha rebuked Siṃha”〔T01 0440c29〕; the Licchavis gather a second and a third time, and Siṃha wishes to go a second and a third time; 「師子大臣便不辭尼乾」—“the minister Siṃha then went without taking leave of the Nirgranthas”〔T01 0441a07〕, went to the Buddha 「而作是語」—“and spoke thus”〔T01 0441a08〕, asking with the words of the Nirgranthas; 「世尊答曰」—“The World-Honored One answered”〔T01 0441a13〕, answering the eight things together, then explaining them one by one in eight sections, each section beginning with 「師子!」—“Siṃha!”; it ends with 「師子大臣白世尊曰」—“The minister Siṃha said to the World-Honored One”〔T01 0442b10〕, the two similes of the person with clear eyes and the bad horse forming one speech together with the threefold refuge. Siṃha’s form of address before taking refuge is 「瞿曇」—“Gautama”, as in 「瞿曇!若如是說」—“Gautama! If it is said thus”〔T01 0441a10〕; in the sections of the threefold refuge it is 「世尊」—“World-Honored One”, as in 「世尊!我今自歸於佛、法及比丘眾」—“World-Honored One! I now take refuge in the Buddha, the Dharma, and the community of bhikṣus”〔T01 0442b14〕. Following the characters.
- Discourse 20—Pāṭaliya the Gāmaṇi 「白世尊曰」—“said to the World-Honored One”〔T01 0445b16〕; 「世尊答曰」—“The World-Honored One answered”〔T01 0445b20〕; 「波羅牢說曰」—“Pāṭaliya said”〔T01 0445b24〕; 「世尊告曰」—“The World-Honored One said to him”〔T01 0445b26〕; 「波羅牢白曰」—“Pāṭaliya said”〔T01 0445b27〕, answering 「如是。世尊!如是。善逝!」—“So it is, World-Honored One! So it is, Well-Gone One!”〔T01 0445b27〕; in the section on the soldiers of the Koliyas, the World-Honored One 「復問」—“asked again”, and Pāṭaliya 「答曰」—“answered”; the speech of confession〔T01 0445c27〕 addresses him as 「瞿曇」—“Gautama” and 「善逝」—“Well-Gone One”; 「波羅牢伽彌尼叉手向佛」—“Pāṭaliya the Gāmaṇi joined his palms toward the Buddha”〔T01 0446a07〕 and asks about the claim of experiencing the result in this very life; the World-Honored One asks three times on three groups, Pāṭaliya answers three times 「妄言。瞿曇!」—“False words, Gautama!”, and the World-Honored One praises him three times, 「善哉!善哉!伽彌尼!」—“Excellent! Excellent! Gāmaṇi!” (〔T01 0446b02〕〔T01 0446b20〕〔T01 0446c12〕); the teaching of the four debaters is related in Pāṭaliya’s speech; the World-Honored One teaches the concentration on the Dharma called seclusion, and Pāṭaliya speaks again〔T01 0447a28〕; it ends with the taking of refuge in his words 「世尊!我今自歸佛、法及比丘眾」—“World-Honored One! I now take refuge in the Buddha, the Dharma, and the community of bhikṣus”〔T01 0448c03〕. Pāṭaliya’s forms of address, 「瞿曇」—“Gautama”, 「世尊」—“World-Honored One”, and 「善逝」—“Well-Gone One”, occur mixed; following the characters.
- The type addressed to the bhikṣus, with questions and answers related within (Discourse 19): 「爾時,世尊告諸比丘」—“At that time the World-Honored One addressed the bhikṣus”〔T01 0442c02〕. The whole discourse is the World-Honored One’s words to the bhikṣus; within them the World-Honored One relates for himself, 「我便往彼,到已,即問」—“I then went to them, and having arrived, I asked”〔T01 0442c05〕, his questions and answers with the Nirgranthas; the answers of the Nirgranthas, 「彼答我言」—“They answered me”, occur thirteen times, all within the World-Honored One’s words. The Nirgranthas relate the words of their revered teacher Qinzi the Nirgrantha, 「彼諸尼乾便報我言」—“Those Nirgranthas then replied to me”〔T01 0443c04〕, and the base text sets them in three levels of quotation marks. At the simile of the beloved woman the World-Honored One asks the bhikṣus then and there, and 「比丘答曰」—“the bhikṣus answered” occurs twice (〔T01 0444b05〕〔T01 0444b15〕).
- The type in which a lay person asks and the World-Honored One answers (Discourses 18 and 20):
Closing formulas—「佛說如是」—“Thus spoke the Buddha” occurs three times. Discourse 18 reads 「師子大臣及諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行」—“The minister Siṃha and the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly”〔T01 0442b27〕; Discourse 19 reads 「彼諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行」—“Those bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly”〔T01 0445a23〕; Discourse 20 reads 「波羅牢伽彌尼及諸比丘,聞佛所說,歡喜奉行」—“Pāṭaliya the Gāmaṇi and the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly”〔T01 0448c05〕.
The character counts marked at the end of each discourse (outside the discourse · recorded as it stands, not collated)
| Discourse | The base text’s closing line (verbatim) | Anchor |
|---|---|---|
| 18 | 「師子經第八竟〔二千四百一十三字〕」—“The Discourse to Siṃha, the eighth, ends [two thousand four hundred and thirteen characters]” | 〔T01 0442b28〕 |
| 19 | 「尼乾經第九竟〔三千六百〕」—“The Discourse on the Nirgranthas, the ninth, ends [three thousand six hundred]” | 〔T01 0445a24〕 |
| 20 | 「波羅牢經第十竟〔四千八百〕」—“The Discourse to Pāṭaliya, the tenth, ends [four thousand eight hundred]” | 〔T01 0448c07〕 |
In the counts marked for Discourses 19 and 20, the base text lacks the character 「字」—“characters”; recorded as they stand, not supplied.
The treatise collection has no item-by-item gloss.
II. Collation with the Alternate Translations
For the three discourses of this fascicle, the Taishō notes have no number of a separate text, as copied in Section X②. The Pāli parallels marked by the Taishō headnotes, three entries on the discourse titles and fifteen within the discourses, are copied in Section X①; the discourse titles of all three discourses have headnotes. No comparison of our own is constructed, the separate texts are not read, and the Pāli original is not quoted.
III. Scriptural and Treatise Grounding (the “eye”)
The treatise collection has no item-by-item gloss.
What this fascicle relies on is the sūtra itself. In its section on the discourses as a topic, the treatise collection names in general the four Āgamas, and the Madhyama Āgama is one of them:
- 「事契經者,謂四阿笈摩。」—“The discourses as a topic are the four Āgamas.”〔T30n1579 0772c09〕
- 「中阿笈摩,三者、長阿笈摩,四者、增一阿笈摩。」—“the Madhyama Āgama; third, the Dīrgha Āgama; fourth, the Ekottarika Āgama.”〔T30n1579 0772c10〕
- 「復以餘相處中而說,是故說名中阿笈摩。」—“Further, it speaks with other characteristics, standing in the middle; therefore it is called the Madhyama Āgama.”〔T30n1579 0772c25〕
The treatise only names it, and explains the name by ‘standing in the middle’; it does not select and gather discourse by discourse, and so this fascicle sets up no correspondence between discourse and treatise.
IV. Essentials of the Commentary on This Passage
This fascicle has no old line-by-line commentary. The treatise collection has no item-by-item gloss.
V. Divergent Readings of the Commentators
This fascicle has no divergent readings of the ancient masters. The three discourses of this fascicle have no old line-by-line commentary, and there is nothing to set in columns.
VI. Terms (first occurrences — glosses drawn only from this collection, verbatim)
Terms already glossed in Fascicles 1, 2, 3, and 10 that recur in this fascicle are not listed again (such as Vaiśālī, the ten epithets, the ascetic Gautama, the learned noble disciple, the noble disciple, the son of good family, leaving home with faith, going forth from home and training in the way, the Nirgrantha · the disciple of the Nirgranthas, upāsaka, a lord’s creation, the Kālāmas · the Śiṃśapā Grove, among the Śākyas, knowing and realizing for oneself, the noble path of eight factors, with a mind imbued with loving-kindness he dwells pervading one direction, compassion · equanimity, purifying one’s mind, the four secure abidings, the ten wholesome courses of action, the ten unwholesome courses of action, doubt · hesitation, killing, taking what is not given, covetousness, the result in this very life, disclosing, the later life, the five hindrances, the fourth dhyāna, the outflow of sensual desire, the outflow of existence, and the outflow of ignorance, the ending of outflows, birth is ended, the holy life is established, knowing suffering as it really is, liberation of mind, arising, suffering, its arising, its cessation, and the path to its cessation, the sitting-cloth, the unsurpassed holy life, the threefold taking of refuge, sorrow, gladness, joy, calming the body, feeling happiness, one-pointedness of mind, right mindfulness). Only the terms that first occur in this fascicle are listed below. The glosses take, verbatim, only the sentences in which the sūtra text of this fascicle glosses itself; where there is no self-gloss, only the term and the anchor of its first occurrence are listed, and no gloss is added.
| Term | First occurrence in this fascicle (verbatim) | Anchor | Gloss within this fascicle |
|---|---|---|---|
| The storied hall by the Monkey Pond (獼猴水邊高樓臺觀) | 「在獼猴水邊高樓臺觀」—“in the storied hall by the Monkey Pond” | 〔T01 0440c23〕 | — |
| The Licchavis · the assembly hall (麗掣·聽堂) | 「眾多鞞舍離麗掣集在聽堂」—“many Licchavis of Vaiśālī had gathered in the assembly hall” | 〔T01 0440c24〕 | — |
| The minister Siṃha (師子大臣) | 「尼乾弟子師子大臣亦在眾中」—“the minister Siṃha, a disciple of the Nirgranthas, was also in the assembly” | 〔T01 0440c25〕 | — |
| Tenet · what is not to be done (宗本·不可作) | 「沙門瞿曇宗本不可作,亦為人說不可作法」—“the ascetic Gautama holds as his tenet what is not to be done, and teaches others the dharma of what is not to be done” | 〔T01 0441a01〕 | 「我說身惡行不可作,口、意惡行亦不可作」—“I say that bodily misconduct is not to be done, and verbal and mental misconduct are also not to be done”〔T01 0441b07〕; 「我說此法盡不可作」—“I say that these dharmas are all not to be done”〔T01 0441b10〕 |
| What is to be done (可作) | 「宗本可作,亦為人說可作之法」—“holds as his tenet what is to be done, and teaches others the dharma of what is to be done” | 〔T01 0441a21〕 | 「我說身妙行可作,口、意妙行亦可作」—“I say that bodily good conduct is to be done, and verbal and mental good conduct are also to be done”〔T01 0441b15〕; 「若如是比無量善法與樂果,受於樂報,生於善處而得長壽」—“Such measureless wholesome dharmas bring pleasant fruit, one experiences a pleasant result, and is born in a good place and gains long life”〔T01 0441b16〕 |
| Annihilation (斷滅) | 「沙門瞿曇宗本斷滅,亦為人說斷滅之法」—“the ascetic Gautama holds annihilation as his tenet, and teaches others the dharma of annihilation” | 〔T01 0441a22〕 | 「我說身惡行應斷滅,口、意惡行亦應斷滅」—“I say that bodily misconduct should be annihilated, and verbal and mental misconduct should also be annihilated”〔T01 0441b22〕 |
| The detestable (可惡·可憎惡) | 「沙門瞿曇宗本可惡,亦為人說可憎惡法」—“the ascetic Gautama holds the detestable as his tenet, and teaches others the dharma of what is detestable” | 〔T01 0441a24〕 | 「我說身惡行可憎惡,口、意惡行亦可憎惡」—“I say that bodily misconduct is detestable, and verbal and mental misconduct are also detestable”〔T01 0441c01〕 |
| The Dharma and discipline (法、律) | 「沙門瞿曇宗本法、律,亦為人說法、律之法」—“the ascetic Gautama holds the Dharma and discipline as his tenet, and teaches others the dharma of the Dharma and discipline” | 〔T01 0441a27〕 | 「我為斷貪婬故而說法、律,斷瞋恚、愚癡故而說法、律」—“For the severing of lust I teach the Dharma and discipline, and for the severing of hatred and delusion I teach the Dharma and discipline”〔T01 0441c09〕 |
| Ascetic practice (苦行) | 「沙門瞿曇宗本苦行,亦為人說苦行之法」—“the ascetic Gautama holds ascetic practice as his tenet, and teaches others the dharma of ascetic practice” | 〔T01 0441a29〕 | 「然此苦行為下賤業,至苦至困,凡人所行,非是聖道」—“But this ascetic practice is a base undertaking, utterly painful and utterly hard, practiced by ordinary people, not the noble path”〔T01 0442a12〕; 「彼苦行法知斷滅盡,拔絕其根,至竟不生者,我說彼苦行」—“who, with regard to that dharma of ascetic practice, know it to be severed and exhausted, pulled out by the root, never to arise again, I say that they practice asceticism”〔T01 0442a13〕 |
| Not entering a womb (不入於胎) | 「沙門瞿曇宗本不入於胎,亦為人說不入胎法」—“the ascetic Gautama holds not entering a womb as his tenet, and teaches others the dharma of not entering a womb” | 〔T01 0441b02〕 | 「當來胎生,知斷滅盡,拔絕其根,至竟不生者,我說彼不入於胎」—“who, with regard to future birth from a womb, know it to be severed and exhausted, pulled out by the root, never to arise again, I say that they do not enter a womb”〔T01 0442a21〕 |
| Security (安隱) | 「沙門瞿曇宗本安隱,亦為人說安隱之法」—“the ascetic Gautama holds security as his tenet, and teaches others the dharma of security” | 〔T01 0441b04〕 | 「我自安隱,亦安隱他比丘、比丘尼、優婆塞、優婆夷」—“I am myself secure and make others secure, bhikṣus, bhikṣuṇīs, upāsakas, and upāsikās”〔T01 0442b04〕 |
| Bodily misconduct · verbal and mental misconduct · bodily good conduct (身惡行·口意惡行·身妙行) | 「我說身惡行不可作,口、意惡行亦不可作」—“I say that bodily misconduct is not to be done, and verbal and mental misconduct are also not to be done” | 〔T01 0441b07〕 | See the two rows above, 「不可作」—“what is not to be done” and 「可作」—“what is to be done” |
| The root of future existence · painful results of vexation and burning (當來有本·煩熱苦報) | 「為當來有本、煩熱苦報、生老病死因」—“are the root of future existence, painful results of vexation and burning, and the cause of birth, aging, sickness, and death” | 〔T01 0441b09〕 | — |
| Going naked without clothes (裸形無衣) | 「或有沙門、梵志裸形無衣」—“There are śramaṇas and brāhmaṇas who go naked without clothes” | 〔T01 0441c17〕 | — |
| Not “come, honored one” · not “good, honored one” · not “stay, honored one” (不來尊·不善尊·不住尊) | 「不來尊、不善尊、不住尊」—“not ‘come, honored one’, not ‘good, honored one’, not ‘stay, honored one’” | 〔T01 0441c20〕 | — |
| Toutouluo food (頭頭邏食) | 「或食頭頭邏食」—“or eat toutouluo food” | 〔T01 0442a01〕 | — |
| Toushe robes (頭舍衣) | 「或持頭舍衣」—“or wear toushe robes” | 〔T01 0442a03〕 | — |
| Serving water · serving fire (事水·事火) | 「有事水,晝夜手抒,或有事火,竟昔然之」—“or serve water, scooping water with the hands day and night; or serve fire, keeping a fire burning all night” | 〔T01 0442a09〕 | — |
| A base undertaking · not the noble path (下賤業·非是聖道) | 「然此苦行為下賤業」—“But this ascetic practice is a base undertaking” | 〔T01 0442a12〕 | 「至苦至困,凡人所行,非是聖道」—“utterly painful and utterly hard, practiced by ordinary people, not the noble path”〔T01 0442a12〕 |
| The Heavenly Town (天邑) | 「在天邑中」—“in the Heavenly Town” | 〔T01 0442c01〕 | — |
| Due to what was done before · old action · the end of suffering (因本作·故業·苦邊) | 「謂人所受皆因本作」—“whatever a person experiences is all due to what was done before” | 〔T01 0442c03〕 | 「若其故業因苦行滅,不造新者,則諸業盡,諸業盡已,則得苦盡,得苦盡已,則得苦邊」—“if old action is exhausted through ascetic practice and no new is made, then all actions are ended; when all actions are ended, suffering is ended; when suffering is ended, the end of suffering is reached”〔T01 0442c03〕 |
| Pure knowledge (淨智) | 「汝等自有淨智」—“Do you yourselves have pure knowledge” | 〔T01 0442c10〕 | 「我為本有,我為本無,我為本作惡,為不作惡,我為爾所苦盡,為爾所苦不盡」—“whether I existed before or did not exist before, whether I did evil before or did not do evil, whether so much of my suffering is exhausted or so much of my suffering is not exhausted”〔T01 0442c10〕 |
| The physician who draws out arrowheads (箭金醫) | 「即呼拔箭金醫」—“then call a physician who draws out arrowheads” | 〔T01 0443a01〕 | — |
| Intense severing · intense ascetic practice (上斷·上苦行) | 「若諸尼乾有上斷、上苦行」—“If the Nirgranthas have intense severing and intense ascetic practice” | 〔T01 0443a24〕 | — |
| Action with a pleasant result · with a painful result · with a result in this very life · with a result in a later birth · with an unripened result · with a ripened result (樂報業·苦報業·現法報業·後生報業·不熟報業·熟報業) | 「若有樂報業,彼業寧可因斷、因苦行,轉作苦報耶」—“If there is action with a pleasant result, can that action, through severing and through ascetic practice, be turned into a painful result?” | 〔T01 0443b13〕 | 「以是故,諸尼乾!虛妄方便,空斷無獲」—“Therefore, Nirgranthas! yours is vain effort, empty severing, nothing gained”〔T01 0443c03〕 |
| Qinzi the Nirgrantha (親子尼乾) | 「我有尊師,名親子尼乾」—“We have a revered teacher named Qinzi the Nirgrantha” | 〔T01 0443c05〕 | — |
| Five things that have two results in this very world (五種法現世二報) | 「有五種法現世二報,信、樂、聞、念、見善觀」—“There are five things that have two results in this very world: faith, liking, hearing, reflection, and seeing well upon consideration” | 〔T01 0443c11〕 | — |
| Five reproaches (五詰責) | 「於如法中得五詰責,為可憎惡」—“in what accords with the Dharma they get five reproaches, and are detestable” | 〔T01 0443c18〕 | 「今此眾生所受苦樂皆因本作」—“The suffering and pleasure these beings now experience are all due to what was done before”〔T01 0443c19〕 |
| Association · livelihood (合會·為命) | 「眾生所受苦樂皆因合會」—“the suffering and pleasure beings experience are all due to association” | 〔T01 0443c22〕 | In the next section, 「眾生所受苦樂皆因為命」—“the suffering and pleasure beings experience are all due to livelihood”〔T01 0443c25〕 |
| Practicing with desire · practicing with the abandoning of desire (行欲·行捨欲) | 「彼或欲斷苦因,行欲,或欲斷苦因,行捨欲」—“He may wish to sever the cause of suffering and practice with desire; or he may wish to sever the cause of suffering and practice with the abandoning of desire” | 〔T01 0444a15〕 | — |
| The arrow-maker (箭工) | 「猶如箭工用檢撓箭」—“It is like an arrow-maker who straightens an arrow with a straightener” | 〔T01 0444a24〕 | — |
| Defilements of the mind · weakeners of wisdom (心穢·慧羸) | 「心穢、慧羸」—“defilements of the mind and weakeners of wisdom” | 〔T01 0444c05〕 | — |
| An unmoving mind · the realization of the knowledge of the ending of outflows (不動心·漏盡智通) | 「得不動心,趣向漏盡智通作證」—“he gains an unmoving mind, and turns toward the realization of the knowledge of the ending of outflows” | 〔T01 0444c08〕 | — |
| Five praises (五稱譽) | 「得五稱譽,如法無諍,可愛可敬」—“gains five praises, in accordance with the Dharma, without dispute, worthy of love and worthy of respect” | 〔T01 0444c15〕 | — |
| The noble pleasure without outflows (聖無漏樂) | 「如來於今聖無漏樂,寂靜止息而得樂覺」—“the Tathāgata now has the noble pleasure without outflows, and feels pleasure in stillness and calm” | 〔T01 0444c17〕 | — |
| Five causes · the mind gives rise to sorrow and pain (五因緣·心生憂苦) | 「有五因緣,心生憂苦」—“There are five causes by which the mind gives rise to sorrow and pain” | 〔T01 0445a05〕 | 「婬欲纏者,因婬欲纏故,心生憂苦」—“One bound by sensual desire, because of being bound by sensual desire, gives rise in the mind to sorrow and pain”〔T01 0445a06〕 |
| Reaching the ultimate in this very life · without vexation, without burning · constantly abiding and unchanging · known by the noble ones, seen by the noble ones (現法究竟·無煩無熱·常住不變·聖所知聖所見) | 「於現法中而得究竟,無煩無熱,常住不變,是聖所知、聖所見」—“reach the ultimate in this very life, without vexation, without burning, constantly abiding and unchanging; this is known by the noble ones and seen by the noble ones” | 〔T01 0445a11〕 | — |
| Among the Koliyas · North Village (拘麗瘦·北村) | 「佛遊拘麗瘦」—“the Buddha was staying among the Koliyas” | 〔T01 0445a27〕 | 「往至北村,住北村北尸攝惒林中」—“he went to North Village and stayed in the Śiṃśapā Grove north of North Village”〔T01 0445a28〕 |
| Pāṭaliya the Gāmaṇi (波羅牢伽彌尼) | 「波羅牢伽彌尼聞沙門瞿曇釋種子」—“Pāṭaliya the Gāmaṇi heard: the ascetic Gautama, a son of the Śākya clan” | 〔T01 0445a29〕 | — |
| Illusion · knowing illusion to be illusion (幻·知幻是幻) | 「我聞沙門瞿曇知幻是幻」—“I have heard: the ascetic Gautama knows illusion to be illusion” | 〔T01 0445b17〕 | 「我知彼幻,我自非幻」—“I know that illusion, but I myself am not an illusion”〔T01 0445b24〕; 「我知幻,知幻人,知幻報,知斷幻」—“I know illusion, I know the one who practices illusion, I know the result of illusion, I know the severing of illusion”〔T01 0445c17〕 |
| The soldiers of the Koliyas (拘麗瘦卒) | 「汝聞拘麗瘦有卒耶」—“Have you heard that the Koliyas have soldiers?” | 〔T01 0445c02〕 | 「通使殺賊,為此事故,拘麗瘦畜是卒也」—“to carry messages and kill bandits; for this reason the Koliyas keep these soldiers”〔T01 0445c04〕 |
| Differing in view · differing in desire (見異·欲異) | 「拘麗瘦卒見異、欲異,所願亦異」—“The soldiers of the Koliyas differ in view, differ in desire, and differ in aspiration” | 〔T01 0445c12〕 | — |
| In the time it takes to bend or stretch an arm (如屈伸臂頃) | 「如屈伸臂頃,命終生地獄中」—“in the time it takes to bend or stretch an arm, at death he is born in hell” | 〔T01 0445c25〕 | — |
| Confessing the fault · nurturing the noble Dharma (悔過·長養聖法) | 「悔過,瞿曇!」—“I confess my fault, Gautama!” | 〔T01 0445c27〕 | 「唯願瞿曇受我悔過,見罪發露」—“I only wish that Gautama would accept my confession; seeing the offense, I disclose it”〔T01 0446a01〕; 「若有悔過,見罪發露,護不更作者,則長養聖法而無有失」—“If anyone confesses his fault, sees the offense and discloses it, and guards against doing it again, he nurtures the noble Dharma without loss”〔T01 0446a05〕 |
| Experiencing the result in this very life (現法受報) | 「彼一切即於現法受報,因彼生憂苦」—“all of them experience the result in this very life, and because of that sorrow and pain arise for them” | 〔T01 0446a09〕 | — |
| Wearing a garland of flowers on the head (頭冠華鬘) | 「頭冠華鬘,雜香塗身」—“wears a garland of flowers on his head, his body anointed with mixed perfumes” | 〔T01 0446a13〕 | — |
| Cutting off the head (梟其首) | 「坐高標下而梟其首」—“seat him beneath a high post, and cut off his head” | 〔T01 0446a23〕 | — |
| The lofty hall (高堂) | 「我於北村中造作高堂」—“In North Village I built a lofty hall” | 〔T01 0446c14〕 | — |
| Debaters (論士) | 「有四論士,所見各異,更相違反」—“There were four debaters, each with different views, contradicting one another” | 〔T01 0446c17〕 | — |
| Incantations (呪說) | 「無施無齋,無有呪說」—“there is no giving, no offering, no incantations” | 〔T01 0446c19〕 | — |
| True persons (真人) | 「世無真人往至善處,善去善向」—“in the world there are no true persons who go to a good place, go well and tend well” | 〔T01 0446c20〕 | — |
| Doing oneself or having it done · severing oneself or having others sever · cooking oneself or having others cook (自作教作·自斷教斷·自煮教煮) | 「自作、教作,自斷、教斷,自煮、教煮」—“one does it oneself or has it done, severs oneself or has others sever, cooks oneself or has others cook” | 〔T01 0446c27〕 | — |
| The iron wheel (鐵輪) | 「又以鐵輪利如剃刀」—“Again, with an iron wheel sharp as a razor” | 〔T01 0447a02〕 | — |
| The south bank · the north bank of the river Gaṅgā (恒水南岸·北岸) | 「恒水南岸殺、斷、煮去,恒水北岸施與、作齋、呪說而來」—“On the south bank of the river Gaṅgā one goes killing, severing, and cooking; on the north bank of the river Gaṅgā one comes giving, making offerings, and reciting” | 〔T01 0447a05〕 | — |
| Generosity · kind words · beneficial conduct and sharing the benefit (惠施·愛言·利及等利) | 「惠施、愛言、利及等利」—“generosity, kind words, beneficial conduct, and sharing the benefit” | 〔T01 0447a07〕 | — |
| Seclusion · the concentration on the Dharma (遠離·法定) | 「獨住遠離」—“dwells alone in seclusion” | 〔T01 0444b26〕 | The word 「遠離」—“seclusion” is first seen here (Discourse 19); the name of the concentration on the Dharma is first seen in 「有法之定,名曰遠離」—“There is a concentration on the Dharma called seclusion”〔T01 0447a25〕; 「汝因此定,可得正念,可得一心」—“through this concentration you can gain right mindfulness and can gain one-pointedness of mind”〔T01 0447a26〕 |
| The ten unwholesome courses of action (十惡業道) | 「我斷十惡業道,念十善業道」—“I have severed the ten unwholesome courses of action and am mindful of the ten wholesome courses of action” | 〔T01 0447b07〕 | — |
| Calming the body (止息身) | 「便止息身,止息身已,便身覺樂」—“the body is calmed; when the body is calmed, he feels bodily happiness” | 〔T01 0447b10〕 | — |
| The unsurpassed dharma beyond the human (無上人上之法) | 「我今得無上人上之法,昇進得安樂居,謂遠離法定」—“I have now gained the unsurpassed dharma beyond the human, I have advanced and gained a secure dwelling, namely the concentration of seclusion” | 〔T01 0447b22〕 | — |
| Neither affirming nor denying · inner stillness (不是不非·內心止) | 「不是不非已,得內心止」—“Having neither affirmed nor denied, he gains inner stillness” | 〔T01 0447b24〕 | — |
| Dust removed and stain left behind · the pure eye of the Dharma (遠塵離垢·諸法淨眼) | 「遠塵離垢,諸法淨眼生」—“dust was removed and stain left behind, and the pure eye of the Dharma arose” | 〔T01 0448b28〕 | — |
| Seeing the Dharma and attaining the Dharma · awakening to the white and pure Dharma (見法得法·覺白淨法) | 「見法、得法,覺白淨法,斷疑度惑」—“saw the Dharma and attained the Dharma, awakened to the white and pure Dharma, cut off doubt and crossed over perplexity” | 〔T01 0448b29〕 | — |
| Abiding in the realization of the fruit · fearlessness (已住果證·無所畏) | 「已住果證,於世尊法得無所畏」—“abiding in the realization of the fruit, he gained fearlessness in the Dharma of the World-Honored One” | 〔T01 0448c01〕 | — |
VII. Similes and Rhetoric
Verses—This fascicle has no verses; none are listed.
Similes
- The parallel series of the eight things—Discourse 18: the World-Honored One answers the eight things together, each thing in one sentence of the same form, 「師子!有事因此事故,於如實法不能謗毀」—“Siṃha! There is a ground, and because of that ground, one cannot slander with regard to the true Dharma”〔T01 0441a17〕, followed by 『沙門瞿曇宗本某,亦為人說某法』 “the ascetic Gautama holds such-and-such as his tenet, and teaches others the dharma of such-and-such”; then the eight sections explain them one by one, each section beginning with 『云何(復)有事因此事故』 “How is it that there is (again) a ground, and because of that ground” and concluding with 「是謂有事因此事故」—“This is called there being a ground, and because of that ground”, with a defining sentence in between:
| Order | Tenet (verbatim) | Anchor | Explaining sentence (verbatim) | Anchor |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | 「宗本不可作」—“holds as his tenet what is not to be done” | 〔T01 0441a18〕 | 「我說身惡行不可作」—“I say that bodily misconduct is not to be done” | 〔T01 0441b07〕 |
| 2 | 「宗本可作」—“holds as his tenet what is to be done” | 〔T01 0441a21〕 | 「我說身妙行可作」—“I say that bodily good conduct is to be done” | 〔T01 0441b15〕 |
| 3 | 「宗本斷滅」—“holds annihilation as his tenet” | 〔T01 0441a23〕 | 「我說身惡行應斷滅」—“I say that bodily misconduct should be annihilated” | 〔T01 0441b22〕 |
| 4 | 「宗本可惡」—“holds the detestable as his tenet” | 〔T01 0441a25〕 | 「我說身惡行可憎惡」—“I say that bodily misconduct is detestable” | 〔T01 0441c01〕 |
| 5 | 「宗本法、律」—“holds the Dharma and discipline as his tenet” | 〔T01 0441a27〕 | 「我為斷貪婬故而說法、律」—“For the severing of lust I teach the Dharma and discipline” | 〔T01 0441c09〕 |
| 6 | 「宗本苦行」—“holds ascetic practice as his tenet” | 〔T01 0441a29〕 | 「有此苦行我不說無」—“I do not say that this ascetic practice does not exist” | 〔T01 0442a11〕 |
| 7 | 「宗本不入於胎」—“holds not entering a womb as his tenet” | 〔T01 0441b02〕 | 「我說彼不入於胎」—“I say that they do not enter a womb” | 〔T01 0442a22〕 |
| 8 | 「宗本安隱」—“holds security as his tenet” | 〔T01 0441b04〕 | 「我自安隱,亦安隱他比丘、比丘尼、優婆塞、優婆夷」—“I am myself secure and make others secure, bhikṣus, bhikṣuṇīs, upāsakas, and upāsikās” | 〔T01 0442b04〕 |
Sections 1, 3, 4, and 5 all repeat the sentence 「為當來有本、煩熱苦報、生老病死因」—“are the root of future existence, painful results of vexation and burning, and the cause of birth, aging, sickness, and death” (first seen〔T01 0441b09〕); section 2 reads 『與樂果,受於樂報』 “bring pleasant fruit, one experiences a pleasant result”; sections 6 and 7 both explain with 『知斷滅盡,拔絕其根,至竟不生』 “know it to be severed and exhausted, pulled out by the root, never to arise again”. The fourth thing is listed in the summary as 「宗本可惡」—“holds the detestable as his tenet”, and the dharma taught as 「可憎惡法」—“the dharma of what is detestable”; following the characters. The concluding sentence of section 2 reads 「是謂有事因此事故,不能謗毀」—“This is called there being a ground, and because of that ground, one cannot slander”〔T01 0441b18〕, lacking the four characters 「於如實法」—“with regard to the true Dharma”; following the characters.
-
The long list of ascetic items—section 6 of Discourse 18: beginning with 「或有沙門、梵志裸形無衣」—“There are śramaṇas and brāhmaṇas who go naked without clothes”〔T01 0441c17〕, items on clothing, water, food, dwelling, hair and beard, bedding, and serving, most sentences beginning with 「或」—“or” or 「不」—“not”, up to 「如此之比受無量苦,學煩熱行」—“Such as these undergo measureless suffering and train in practices of vexation and burning”〔T01 0442a10〕; the numbers of the meals, from one mouthful to seven mouthfuls, from one portion received to seven portions, from one day to a month, all take the form 「以一食為足」—“taking one meal as enough”, abbreviated in between with 「乃至」—“up to” (〔T01 0441c25〕〔T01 0441c26〕).
-
The person with clear eyes · the bad horse—in Siṃha’s speech in Discourse 18: 「瞿曇!猶明目人」—“Gautama! It is like a person with clear eyes”〔T01 0442b11〕, applied as 「沙門瞿曇亦復如是」—“the ascetic Gautama is likewise so”〔T01 0442b13〕; 「世尊!猶如有人養不良馬」—“World-Honored One! It is like a person who keeps a bad horse”〔T01 0442b16〕, applied as 「我亦如是」—“I too am like this”〔T01 0442b18〕. The two similes have the same form as Vappa’s speech in the Discourse to Vappa in Fascicle 3.
-
The poisoned arrow—Discourse 19: 「尼乾!猶如有人身被毒箭」—“Nirgranthas! It is like a person whose body is struck by a poisoned arrow”〔T01 0442c28〕; at the four moments of opening the wound, searching for the arrowhead, drawing it out, and binding the wound, each time 「復生極苦」—“extreme suffering arises again”, and at last 「得力無患,不壞諸根,平復如故」—“he gains strength and is without affliction, his faculties unimpaired, restored to what he was before”〔T01 0443a06〕; the person struck by the arrow 「自有淨智」—“himself has pure knowledge”〔T01 0443a07〕 and recalls for himself the sequence of his sufferings; the application reads 「如是,尼乾!若汝等自有淨智」—“In this way, Nirgranthas! If you yourselves had pure knowledge”〔T01 0443a15〕.
-
The arrow-maker—Discourse 19: 「猶如箭工用檢撓箭,其箭已直,不復用檢」—“It is like an arrow-maker who straightens an arrow with a straightener; when the arrow is already straight, he uses the straightener no more”〔T01 0444a24〕; applied to the bhikṣu as 「本所為者,其義已成,若復斷苦,是處不然」—“What he set out to do has had its meaning accomplished; were he to sever suffering again, that would not be fitting”〔T01 0444b02〕.
-
The beloved woman—Discourse 19: 「猶如有人愛念、染著、敬待彼女」—“Suppose a person loves, is attached to, and cherishes a woman”〔T01 0444b03〕; the World-Honored One asks twice, and 「比丘答曰」—“the bhikṣus answered” occurs twice (〔T01 0444b05〕〔T01 0444b15〕), one answer 「如是。世尊!」—“So it is, World-Honored One!”, the other 「不也。世尊!」—“No, World-Honored One!”; the application reads 「如是,比丘便作是念」—“In this way, the bhikṣu then thinks thus”〔T01 0444b19〕.
-
The soldiers of the Koliyas—Discourse 20: 「汝聞拘麗瘦有卒耶」—“Have you heard that the Koliyas have soldiers?”〔T01 0445c02〕; the soldiers 「極犯禁戒,唯行惡法」—“gravely violate the prohibitions and precepts and practice only evil”〔T01 0445c07〕, and one who knows this does not violate them because of knowing; the application reads 「如來何以不得知幻而自非幻」—“why then can the Tathāgata not know illusion without himself being an illusion”〔T01 0445c16〕.
-
The garland of flowers · six examples of execution by the king—Discourse 20: to refute the claim 『一切即於現法受報』 “all of them experience the result in this very life”, the World-Honored One gives three groups, killing, taking what is not given, and false speech, with two examples in each group:
| Group | Example | The answerer’s words (verbatim) | Anchor |
|---|---|---|---|
| Killing | Wearing a garland of flowers and enjoying himself like a king | 「此人為王殺害怨家」—“This person killed an enemy for the king” | 〔T01 0446a17〕 |
| Killing | Executed by the king | 「此人枉殺王家無過之人」—“This person wrongly killed a blameless person of the royal household” | 〔T01 0446a24〕 |
| Taking what is not given | Wearing a garland of flowers and enjoying himself like a king | 「此人於他國中而不與取」—“This person took what was not given in another country” | 〔T01 0446b07〕 |
| Taking what is not given | Executed by the king | 「此人於王國而不與取」—“This person took what was not given in the king’s country” | 〔T01 0446b14〕 |
| False speech | Wearing a garland of flowers and enjoying himself like a king | 「此人作妓,能戲調笑,彼以妄言令王歡喜」—“This person is an entertainer who can jest and make people laugh; he pleased the king with false words” | 〔T01 0446b26〕 |
| False speech | Killed by the king | 「此人在王前妄有所證,彼以妄言欺誑於王」—“This person bore false witness before the king; he deceived the king with false words” | 〔T01 0446c04〕 |
The punishment of execution in the first two groups reads alike, 「反縛兩手,打鼓唱令,出南城門,坐高標下而梟其首」—“bind his hands behind his back, beat the drum and proclaim the order, take him out through the south city gate, seat him beneath a high post, and cut off his head”〔T01 0446a22〕; the group on false speech reads 「用棒打殺,盛以木檻,露車載之,出北城門,棄著壍中」—“beat him to death with clubs, put him in a wooden cage, carry him on an open cart, take him out through the north city gate, and cast him into a moat”〔T01 0446c02〕. At the end of each group the World-Honored One asks whether that claim 「為真說,為虛妄言」—“is a true statement of his, or false words”, Pāṭaliya answers 「妄言」—“False words”, and the World-Honored One praises him, 「善哉!善哉!伽彌尼!」—“Excellent! Excellent! Gāmaṇi!” (〔T01 0446b02〕〔T01 0446b20〕〔T01 0446c12〕). Before the question of the third group there is the additional phrase 「於意云何」—“What do you think?”〔T01 0446c07〕; following the characters.
Rhetoric
- Five questions of the same form: Siṃha’s question in Discourse 18 and Pāṭaliya’s question in Discourse 20 both consist of the five questions of slander, truth, the Dharma, the Dharma in accordance with the Dharma, and no fault and nothing to be challenged, as in 「彼說真實耶?彼說是法耶?」—“Does that one speak truly? Does that one speak the Dharma?”〔T01 0441a12〕 and 「彼說真實耶?彼說是法耶?」—“Does that one speak truly? Does that one speak the Dharma?”〔T01 0445b19〕; the World-Honored One’s answer likewise has five sentences of the same form.
- The question of pure knowledge: in Discourse 19, 「我為本有,我為本無,我為本作惡,為不作惡,我為爾所苦盡,為爾所苦不盡」—“whether I existed before or did not exist before, whether I did evil before or did not do evil, whether so much of my suffering is exhausted or so much of my suffering is not exhausted”〔T01 0442c10〕, turned over and over on the two sides, having pure knowledge oneself and having no pure knowledge oneself.
- The parallel series of intense, moderate, and mild: in Discourse 19, 「若諸尼乾有上斷、上苦行」—“If the Nirgranthas have intense severing and intense ascetic practice”〔T01 0443a24〕, the two questions on moderate and mild having the same form, and the Nirgranthas answer “so it is” three times—the first answer 「如是。瞿曇!」—“So it is, Gautama!”〔T01 0443a25〕 with a full stop, the latter two answers 「如是,瞿曇!」—“So it is, Gautama!”〔T01 0443a27〕 with a comma, following the base text; then it is restated in three sentences each in the two forms, suffering arising and suffering allayed.
- The six actions that cannot be turned: in Discourse 19, six questions on the pleasant result, the painful result, the result in this very life, the result in a later birth, the unripened result, and the ripened result, each question beginning with 「彼業寧可因斷、因苦行」—“can that action, through severing and through ascetic practice”, and the Nirgranthas always answer 「不也。瞿曇!」—“No, Gautama!”; then it is restated in six sentences with 「彼業不可因斷、因苦行」—“that action cannot, through severing and through ascetic practice”, concluding with 「虛妄方便,空斷無獲」—“vain effort, empty severing, nothing gained”〔T01 0443c04〕.
- Paired sentences of the five reproaches and the five praises: in Discourse 19 each of the five reproaches concludes in the form 「是謂尼乾第一可憎惡」—“This is called the first thing detestable in the Nirgranthas”〔T01 0443c21〕, and each of the five praises in the form 「是謂如來得第一稱譽」—“This is called the first praise the Tathāgata gains”〔T01 0444c18〕; both groups follow the order of the same five causes, what was done before, association, livelihood, view, and a lord’s creation, the one with bad, the other with excellent. The form of the five reproaches is the same as that of the three fords in the Discourse on the Fords in Fascicle 3.
- Three similes with the same conclusion: in Discourse 19 the bhikṣu’s thought of severing suffering occurs three times, after practicing with desire and with the abandoning of desire, after the simile of the arrow-maker, and after the simile of the beloved woman, each reading 「隨所為、隨所行,不善法生而善法滅」—“As I act and as I practice, unwholesome dharmas arise and wholesome dharmas cease”, and concluding with 「是處不然」—“that would not be fitting”.
- The four debaters set against one another: in Discourse 20, 「於中論士如是見、如是說」—“One of the debaters sees thus and says thus”〔T01 0446c18〕; 「第二論士而有正見,反第一論士所見所知」—“The second debater has right view, contrary to what the first debater sees and knows”〔T01 0446c22〕; 「第三論士如是見、如是說」—“The third debater sees thus and says thus”〔T01 0446c27〕; 「第四論士而有正見」—“The fourth debater has right view”〔T01 0447a08〕. The teachings of the third and fourth debaters list the same matters of killing, severing, and cooking; the one reads 「作如是者,為不作惡」—“one who does such things is not doing evil”〔T01 0447a01〕 and 「因是無罪無福」—“because of this there is neither offense nor merit”〔T01 0447a06〕, the other 「作如是者,實為作惡」—“one who does such things truly is doing evil”〔T01 0447a13〕 and 「因是有罪有福」—“because of this there is offense and there is merit”〔T01 0447a18〕.
- The fourfold restatement of the concentration on the Dharma called seclusion: in Discourse 20 each section first relates the ten unwholesome and the ten wholesome, gladness, joy, the calming of the body, feeling bodily happiness, and one-pointedness of mind, then the pervading with a mind imbued with such-and-such, then the view of one debater, concluding with 「不是不非」—“neither affirms nor denies” and 「內心止」—“inner stillness”. The first section, 「則心與慈俱,遍滿一方成就遊」—“then with a mind imbued with loving-kindness he dwells pervading one direction”〔T01 0447b12〕, relates the view of the first debater; the second section, 「則心與悲俱」—“then with a mind imbued with compassion”〔T01 0447c07〕, that of the second debater; the third section, 「則心與喜俱」—“then with a mind imbued with sympathetic joy”〔T01 0448a03〕, that of the third debater; the fourth section, 「則心與捨俱」—“then with a mind imbued with equanimity”〔T01 0448b05〕, that of the fourth debater. Different characters in the latter three sections: the second section reads 「我得無上人上之法」—“I have gained the unsurpassed dharma beyond the human”〔T01 0447c17〕, lacking the character 「今」—“now”; the third section reads 「實為不作惡」—“truly is not doing evil”〔T01 0448a10〕, and also 「內得心止」—“inwardly he gains stillness of mind”〔T01 0448a22〕; the fourth section reads 「呪說而求」—“seeking by reciting”〔T01 0448b17〕, and also 「我得無上人上之法,昇進得樂居」—“I have gained the unsurpassed dharma beyond the human, I have advanced and gained a pleasant dwelling”〔T01 0448b22〕. Following the characters. The form of the four sections is the same as that of the four secure abidings in the Discourse to the Kālāmas in Fascicle 3.
- The repetition of the threefold refuge: in Siṃha’s three speeches in Discourse 18, 「我今再自歸」—“I now take refuge a second time”〔T01 0442b20〕 and 「我今三自歸」—“I now take refuge a third time”〔T01 0442b24〕, each speech gives one reason.
VIII. Citation and Carrying Forward
- The names of the four Āgamas in the treatise collection: 〔T30n1579 0772c09〕〔T30n1579 0772c10〕〔T30n1579 0772c25〕 (verbatim in Section III). The treatise collection has no item-by-item gloss, and beyond this no shared words with the treatise are set up.
IX. Placement Among the Recensions
The rows of the Taishō collation notes and of the current edition for this fascicle come to one hundred and forty-nine in all (【大】 = the original Taishō printing; 【宋】【元】【明】 = the three editions, abbreviated 【三】 in the Taishō notes; 【CB】 = the current edition; 【麗-CB】 = the Korean edition as marked by the current edition). The current reading gives the character of the base text; where the base text marks something itself in an interlinear note and the Taishō notes record the three editions or the Ming edition as lacking it, the current reading gives the full text of that interlinear note. Recorded side by side, not judged.
| No. | Anchor | Current reading | Variant readings |
|---|---|---|---|
| 001 | 0440c22 | 〔初一日誦〕 ([first-day recitation]) | 【明】無 (lacks) |
| 002 | 0440c26 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 003 | 0440c28 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 004 | 0440c28 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 005 | 0440c29 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 006 | 0441a05 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 007 | 0441a07 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 008 | 0441c19 | 魁 (ladle) | 【宋】【元】【明】櫆 (ladle, another form) |
| 009 | 0441c25 | 口 (mouthful) | 【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack) |
| 010 | 0442b01 | 有 (there is) | 【宋】【元】【明】為 (is) |
| 011 | 0442b12 | 眼 (eyes) | 【宋】【元】【明】明 (clear) |
| 012 | 0442b18 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 013 | 0442b23 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 014 | 0442b27 | 奉行 (practiced accordingly) | 【宋】【元】【明】奉行海德佛性空佛 (practiced accordingly, with the six characters 海德佛性空佛 added) |
| 015 | 0442b28 | 師子經第八竟 (The Discourse to Siṃha, the eighth, ends) | 【明】無 (lacks) |
| 016 | 0442b28 | 〔二千四百一十三字〕 ([two thousand four hundred and thirteen characters]) | 【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack) |
| 017 | 0442b29 | 中阿含 (Madhyama Āgama) | 【明】無 (lacks) |
| 018 | 0442b29 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 019 | 0442b29 | 〔初一日誦〕 ([first-day recitation]) | 【明】無 (lacks) |
| 020 | 0442c02 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 021 | 0442c06 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 022 | 0442c10 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 023 | 0442c14 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 024 | 0442c21 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 025 | 0442c25 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 026 | 0442c28 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 027 | 0443a05 | 薄 (thin covering) | 【宋】【元】【明】覆 (cover) |
| 028 | 0443a07 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 029 | 0443a13 | 薄 (thin covering) | 【宋】【元】【明】覆 (cover) |
| 030 | 0443a15 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 031 | 0443a19 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 032 | 0443a22 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 033 | 0443a24 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 034 | 0443a24 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 035 | 0443a25 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 036 | 0443a26 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 037 | 0443a28 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 038 | 0443a29 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 039 | 0443a29 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 040 | 0443b01 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 041 | 0443b02 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 042 | 0443b03 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 043 | 0443b04 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 044 | 0443b05 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 045 | 0443b05 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 046 | 0443b07 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 047 | 0443b08 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 048 | 0443b11 | 則 (then) | 【宋】【元】【明】即 (then, another character) |
| 049 | 0443b12 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 050 | 0443b13 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 051 | 0443b13 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 052 | 0443b15 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 053 | 0443b17 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 054 | 0443b19 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 055 | 0443b21 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 056 | 0443b23 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 057 | 0443b25 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 058 | 0443b26 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 059 | 0443b27 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 060 | 0443b29 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 061 | 0443c01 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 062 | 0443c02 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 063 | 0443c04 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 064 | 0443c04 | 虛 (vain) | 【宋】【元】【明】等虛 (with 等 added before it) |
| 065 | 0443c04 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 066 | 0443c05 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 067 | 0443c06 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 068 | 0443c08 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 069 | 0443c09 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 070 | 0443c10 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 071 | 0443c11 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 072 | 0443c12 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 073 | 0443c14 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 074 | 0443c17 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 075 | 0443c20 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 076 | 0443c21 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 077 | 0443c21 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 078 | 0443c23 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 079 | 0443c24 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 080 | 0443c24 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 081 | 0443c27 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 082 | 0443c27 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 083 | 0443c28 | 諸 (the, plural marker) | 【宋】【元】【明】謂 (that is) |
| 084 | 0443c29 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 085 | 0444a01 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 086 | 0444a01 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 087 | 0444a03 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 088 | 0444a04 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 089 | 0444a04 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 090 | 0444a05 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 091 | 0444a07 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 092 | 0444a08 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】【明】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 093 | 0444b05 | 苦 (suffering) | 【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack) |
| 094 | 0444b11 | 彼 (that) | 【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack) |
| 095 | 0444b13 | 彼 (that) | 【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack) |
| 096 | 0444b26 | 住 (dwells) | 【元】【明】依 (relies on) |
| 097 | 0444b27 | 靜 (quiet) | 【宋】【元】【明】靖 (quiet, another form) |
| 098 | 0444b29 | 靜 (quiet) | 【宋】【元】【明】靖 (quiet, another form) |
| 099 | 0444b29 | 檀 (-dana, in “niṣīdana”) | 【宋】【元】【明】壇 (another character for the same sound) |
| 100 | 0444c01 | 加 (cross-, in “cross-legged”) | 【宋】【元】【明】跏 (the same word, written with the foot radical) |
| 101 | 0444c04 | 掉 (restlessness) | 【宋】調 (another character) |
| 102 | 0444c09 | 習 (arising) | 【元】【明】集 (arising, another character) |
| 103 | 0444c10 | 習 (arising) | 【元】【明】集 (arising, another character) |
| 104 | 0444c14 | 辦 (done) | 【大】辨 (another form; the current reading is 辦: 【CB】) |
| 105 | 0445a07 | 掉 (restlessness) | 【宋】調 (another character) |
| 106 | 0445a13 | 掉 (restlessness) | 【宋】調 (another character) |
| 107 | 0445a24 | 乾 (-grantha, in “Nirgrantha”) | 【宋】【元】揵 (another character for the same sound) |
| 108 | 0445a24 | 尼乾經第九竟 (The Discourse on the Nirgranthas, the ninth, ends) | 【明】無 (lacks) |
| 109 | 0445a24 | 〔三千六百〕 ([three thousand six hundred]) | 【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack) |
| 110 | 0445a25 | 中阿含 (Madhyama Āgama) | 【明】無 (lacks) |
| 111 | 0445a25 | 〔初一日誦〕 ([first-day recitation]) | 【明】無 (lacks) |
| 112 | 0445b15 | 靜 (quiet) | 【宋】【元】【明】靖 (quiet, another form) |
| 113 | 0445b23 | 伽彌尼 (Gāmaṇi) | 【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack) |
| 114 | 0445c01 | 何 (why) | 【宋】【元】【明】何伽彌尼 (with 伽彌尼, “Gāmaṇi”, added) |
| 115 | 0445c27 | 坐 (seat) | 【宋】【元】【明】座 (seat, another form) |
| 116 | 0445c28 | 昔 (formerly) | 【宋】【元】【明】首 (head) |
| 117 | 0446a23 | 梟 (cut off, of the head) | 【宋】臬 (another character) |
| 118 | 0446b18 | 苦 (suffering) | 【宋】【元】若 (if) |
| 119 | 0446c13 | 坐 (seat) | 【宋】【元】【明】座 (seat, another form) |
| 120 | 0446c15 | 褥 (mattress) | 【宋】【元】【明】蓐 (mattress, another form) |
| 121 | 0446c28 | 搥 (beating) | 【宋】【元】【明】槌 (another form) |
| 122 | 0447a01 | 劫 (robbing) | 【元】【明】陌 (another character) |
| 123 | 0447a12 | 劫 (robbing) | 【元】【明】陌 (another character) |
| 124 | 0447a22 | 曰 (said) | 【大】白 (said to; the current reading is 曰: 【CB】【麗-CB】) |
| 125 | 0447a28 | 坐 (seat) | 【宋】【元】【明】座 (seat, another form) |
| 126 | 0447b02 | 我 (I) | 【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack) |
| 127 | 0447b22 | 上 (beyond, in “beyond the human”) | 【元】【明】無 (lack) |
| 128 | 0447c11 | 彼 (he) | 【宋】【元】【明】便 (then) |
| 129 | 0447c11 | 若 (if) | 【宋】【元】【明】若有 (if there are) |
| 130 | 0447c18 | 上 (beyond, in “beyond the human”) | 【元】【明】無 (lack) |
| 131 | 0448a06 | 彼 (he) | 【宋】【元】【明】便 (then) |
| 132 | 0448a08 | 搥 (beating) | 【宋】【元】【明】椎 (another form) |
| 133 | 0448a10 | 實 (truly) | 【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack) |
| 134 | 0448a20 | 今 (now) | 【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack) |
| 135 | 0448a20 | 上 (beyond, in “beyond the human”) | 【元】【明】無 (lack) |
| 136 | 0448a24 | 汝 (you) | 【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack) |
| 137 | 0448b10 | 搥 (beating) | 【宋】【元】【明】椎 (another form) |
| 138 | 0448b12 | 劫 (robbing) | 【元】【明】陌 (another character) |
| 139 | 0448b17 | 求 (seeking) | 【宋】【元】【明】來 (coming) |
| 140 | 0448b23 | 上 (beyond, in “beyond the human”) | 【元】【明】無 (lack) |
| 141 | 0448b23 | 樂 (pleasant) | 【元】【明】安樂 (secure and pleasant) |
| 142 | 0448b28 | 淨 (pure) | 【宋】【元】【明】法 (Dharma) |
| 143 | 0448c02 | 坐 (seat) | 【宋】【元】【明】座 (seat, another form) |
| 144 | 0448c07 | 波羅牢經第十竟 (The Discourse to Pāṭaliya, the tenth, ends) | 【明】無 (lacks) |
| 145 | 0448c07 | 〔四千八百〕 ([four thousand eight hundred]) | 【明】無 (lacks) |
| 146 | 0448c08 | 〔一萬八百十三字〕 ([ten thousand eight hundred and thirteen characters]) | 【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack) |
| 147 | 0448c09 | 中阿含業相應品第二竟 (Chapter on Action of the Madhyama Āgama, the Second, ends) | 【明】無 (lacks) |
| 148 | 0448c09 | 〔二萬一千六十字〕 ([twenty-one thousand and sixty characters]) | 【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack) |
| 149 | 0448c09 | 〔初一日誦〕 ([first-day recitation]) | 【明】無 (lacks) |
- Distribution: sixteen rows in Discourse 18 (001–016); ninety-three rows in Discourse 19 (017–109); thirty-six rows in Discourse 20 (110–145); one row in the closing title of the fascicle (146); three rows in the closing title of the chapter (147–149).
- Two rows in which the Ming edition lacks the three characters 「中阿含」—“Madhyama Āgama” of the discourse titles (017, 110), the discourse title of Discourse 18 having no such three characters in the first place; three rows in which the Ming edition lacks the [first-day recitation] of the discourse titles (001, 019, 111).
- Three rows in which the Ming edition lacks the line 『某經第N竟』 “End of the Discourse such-and-such, the Nth” at the end of a discourse (015, 108, 144); two rows in which the three editions lack the character count marked at the end of a discourse (016, 109), and one row in which the Ming edition lacks it (145); one row in which the three editions lack the count marked at the end of the fascicle (146); for the closing title of the chapter, one row in which the Ming edition lacks the title (147), one row in which the three editions lack its marked count (148), and one row in which the Ming edition lacks its [first-day recitation] (149).
- Rows in which 「乾」—“-grantha” is written 揵 come to seventy-eight: eight rows in Discourse 18 (002–007, 012, 013), all in the name 「尼乾」—“Nirgrantha”; seventy rows in Discourse 19 (018, 020–026, 028, 030–047, 049–063, 065–082, 084–092, 107), all in the names 「尼乾」—“Nirgrantha” and 「親子尼乾」—“Qinzi the Nirgrantha”; of these, the one row on the closing line of Discourse 19 (107) is written 揵 only in the Song and Yuan editions, and all the others in the three editions. None in Discourse 20.
- Two rows in which the three editions write 覆 for 「薄」—“thin covering” (027, 029), both in 「薄瘡纏裹」—“covers the wound with a thin covering and binds it” of the simile of the poisoned arrow in Discourse 19.
- Three rows in which the three editions write 靖 for 「靜」—“quiet” (097, 098, 112); four rows in which the three editions write 座 for 「坐」—“seat” (115, 119, 125, 143); three rows in which the Song edition writes 調 for 「掉」—“restlessness” (101, 105, 106).
- Two rows in which the Yuan and Ming editions write 集 for the 「習」—“arising” of the four-truth sentences in Discourse 19 (102, 103).
- In Discourse 20, three rows in which the Yuan and Ming editions write 陌 for 「劫」—“robbing” (122, 123, 138); for 「搥」—“beating”, one row in which the three editions write 槌 (121), and two rows in which they write 椎 (132, 137).
- In the four sections on the concentration on the Dharma called seclusion in Discourse 20, four rows in which, in 「無上人上之法」—“the unsurpassed dharma beyond the human”, the Yuan and Ming editions lack the 「上」—“beyond” (127, 130, 135, 140).
Additional collation notes (notes added by the current edition; the current reading differs from the original Taishō printing)
- 〔T01 0444c14〕 in 「所作已辦」—“what was to be done is done”, its 「辦」—“done”: the current reading is 辦 (【CB】), and the original Taishō printing reads 辨 (row 104).
- 〔T01 0447a22〕 in 「世尊告曰」—“The World-Honored One said to him”, its 「曰」—“said”: the current reading is 曰 (【CB】【麗-CB】), and the original Taishō printing reads 白 (row 124).
- 〔T01 0443a05〕: the original Taishō note reads 「簿=覆【三】」—“簿 = 覆 【三】”, taking 簿 as the base character; the base text on this line reads 「薄瘡纏裹」—“covers the wound with a thin covering and binds it”, and the row of the current edition takes 薄 as the base character (row 027). The two notes give different base characters; both are recorded. At the second occurrence of the same sentence,〔T01 0443a13〕, the row of the current edition also takes 薄 as the base character (row 029).
- 〔T01 0445a24〕 the closing line of Discourse 19: in the row of the current edition the scope of the base characters of this entry reads 「尼乾揵經第九竟」—“The Discourse on the Nirgranthas, the ninth, ends, with both 乾 and 揵”, the two characters 乾 and 揵 overlapping; the original Taishō note reads 「〔尼…竟〕六字-【明】」—“the six characters 尼…竟 − 【明】”, that is, the six characters 「尼乾經第九竟」—“The Discourse on the Nirgranthas, the ninth, ends” are lacking in the Ming edition. The current reading lists 「尼乾經第九竟」—“The Discourse on the Nirgranthas, the ninth, ends”, following the base text (row 108). On the same line, the Song and Yuan editions write 揵 for 「乾」—“-grantha” (row 107).
- 〔T01 0448c08〕 the closing title of the fascicle: the original Taishō printing has a further note, reading 「卷末題在品末題次行【宋】【元】」—“the closing title of the fascicle is on the line after the closing title of the chapter 【宋】【元】”, meaning that in the Song and Yuan editions the closing title of the fascicle stands on the line after the closing title of the chapter; the rows of the current edition lack this entry; it is recorded here and not counted among the one hundred and forty-nine rows.
Characters
- The character after 「或食穄米,或食雜」—“or eat broomcorn millet, or eat mixed” in the list of ascetic items in Discourse 18, at the head of the line〔T01 0442a01〕: in the base text this character is a composite, 〔麩-夫+廣〕 (麩 minus 夫 plus 廣), CBETA character CB00931, carried in the mirror file as the private-use code point U+F03A3, whose standard mapping is U+2A37F in Extension B. The running text of this fascicle has no other character of Extension A or Extension B. Recorded as it stands, not judged.
- 「尼揵」—“Nirgrantha (written 揵)” occurs once: 「諸尼揵等本惡為命」—“the Nirgranthas and their like had a bad livelihood before”〔T01 0443c26〕; elsewhere in this fascicle it is always written 尼乾. Following the characters.
- 「鞞」—“(the character in ‘Vaiśālī’)”, 「羇」—“(the character in ‘among the Śākyas’)”, 「惒」—“(the character in ‘Śiṃśapā’)”, and 「掣」—“(the character in ‘Licchavis’)” follow the characters of the base text.
- The two forms 「穢污」—“defiled (written 污)” and 「穢汙」—“defiled (written 汙)” both appear: 「穢污之法」—“defiled dharmas (written 污)”〔T01 0441b09〕; 「穢汙之法」—“defiled dharmas (written 汙)”〔T01 0441b24〕 and others. 「憂慼染汙法」—“what is subject to sorrow and defilement (written 汙)” and 「憂慼染污法」—“what is subject to sorrow and defilement (written 污)” both appear in the same sentence〔T01 0442b07〕. Following the characters.
- The two forms 「搥胸」—“beating the breast (written 胸)” and 「搥胷」—“beating the breast (written 胷)” both appear: 「搥胸懊惱」—“beating the breast in distress (written 胸)”〔T01 0446c28〕〔T01 0447a11〕〔T01 0448b10〕; 「搥胷懊惱」—“beating the breast in distress (written 胷)”〔T01 0448a08〕. Following the characters.
- The two forms 「穿牆」—“breaking through walls (written 牆)” and 「穿墻」—“breaking through walls (written 墻)” both appear: 「穿牆開藏」—“breaking through walls and opening storehouses (written 牆)”〔T01 0446c29〕; 「穿墻開藏」—“breaking through walls and opening storehouses (written 墻)”〔T01 0447a12〕〔T01 0448a09〕〔T01 0448b12〕. Following the characters.
- 「結加趺坐」—“sits cross-legged”〔T01 0444c01〕, written 加; the three editions write 跏 (row 100). Following the characters.
- 「身毛皆竪」—“his hair standing on end”〔T01 0445c26〕, written 竪. Following the characters.
Interlinear notes—the base text’s own marks 〔…〕 come to nine places in all: three [first-day recitation] in the three discourse titles; three character counts at the end of the three discourses; one character count at the end of the fascicle; two in the closing title of the chapter, [twenty-one thousand and sixty characters] and [first-day recitation]. The [first-day recitation] of the discourse titles stands on the same line as the discourse title in Discourses 18 and 19, and runs over into the next line in Discourse 20. The [first-day recitation] of the closing title of the chapter also runs over into the next line. The discourse titles of this fascicle have no sound glosses. Recorded as it stands.
The character counts marked at the end of each discourse, and the present count—the character counts marked by the base text at the end of each discourse are recorded side by side with the present count of the Chinese characters of each discourse (from the discourse title to the closing line marking its count; the figure for Discourse 20 includes the thirty-five characters of the two lines of the closing title of the fascicle and the closing title of the chapter); the two figures are reckoned in different ways, and they are recorded as they stand, not collated. The present count does not count the one composite character in Discourse 18.
| Discourse | Marked | Present count |
|---|---|---|
| 18 | 二千四百一十三字 (two thousand four hundred and thirteen characters) | 2,441 |
| 19 | 三千六百 (three thousand six hundred) | 3,628 |
| 20 | 四千八百 (four thousand eight hundred) | 4,864 |
At the end of the fascicle it marks 「〔一萬八百十三字〕」—“[ten thousand eight hundred and thirteen characters]”〔T01 0448c08〕; the sum of the counts marked for the three discourses is ten thousand eight hundred and thirteen, the same as the count marked at the end of the fascicle; the present count of the Chinese characters of the whole fascicle is ten thousand nine hundred and fifty-three (the sum of the present counts of the three discourses, ten thousand nine hundred and thirty-three, plus the twenty characters of the two lines at the head of the fascicle). At the end of the chapter it marks 「〔二萬一千六十字〕」—“[twenty-one thousand and sixty characters]”〔T01 0448c09〕, which is the sum of the count marked at the end of Fascicle 3, ten thousand two hundred and forty-seven, and the count marked at the end of this fascicle, ten thousand eight hundred and thirteen. The figures are recorded side by side, as they stand, not collated.
X. Pāli Parallels on Record and Variants of the Alternate Translations
① Parallels on record—the Pāli parallels in the Taishō headnotes are copied verbatim from the notes of the original printing; where the current note differs from the original note, it is recorded alongside as [CBETA collation: …]. The Pāli is not translated, and the Chinese is not altered on the basis of the Pāli.
The discourse titles of the three discourses:
| Discourse | Taishō headnote (verbatim) | Anchor |
|---|---|---|
| 18 | ~A. VIII. 12. Sīha. cf Vinaya, mahāvagga VI.31.10-11. [CBETA collation: the current note reads ~A. VIII. 12. Sīha.,cf Vinaya, mahāvagga VI.31.10-11.] | 0440c22 |
| 19 | ~M. 101. Devadaha sutta. | 0442b29 |
| 20 | ~S. 42. 13. Pāṭali. | 0445a25 |
The headnote on the discourse title of Discourse 18 also contains one cross-reference, cf Vinaya, mahāvagga VI.31.10-11.—copied, not explained, not relied on.
Fifteen entries within the discourses (six in Discourse 18 · six in Discourse 19 · three in Discourse 20):
| Discourse | Taishō headnote (verbatim) | Anchor |
|---|---|---|
| 18 | ~Vesālī. [CBETA collation: the current note reads 鞞舍離【大】,~Vesālī.] | 0440c23 |
| 18 | ~Licchavī. [CBETA collation: the current note reads 麗掣【大】,~Licchavī.] | 0440c24 |
| 18 | ~Sīha senapati Nigaṇṭha-sāvaka. [CBETA collation: the current note reads 尼乾弟子師子【大】,~Sīha senapati Nigaṇṭha-sāvaka.] | 0440c25 |
| 18 | 宗本…作〔空〕~akiriyavādo akiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti. [CBETA collation: the current note reads 宗本…作法【大】,~akiriyavādo akiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti.] | 0441a01 |
| 18 | 法如法~Dhamma ca anudhamma. [CBETA collation: the current note reads 法如法【大】,~Dhamma ca anudhamma.] | 0441a12 |
| 18 | ~gabbhaseyyā punabhavābhimbbatti. | 0442a24 |
| 19 | ~Sakkesu. [CBETA collation: the current note reads 釋羇瘦【大】,~Sakkesu.] | 0442c01 |
| 19 | 天邑~Devadaha. [CBETA collation: the current note reads 天邑【大】,~Devadaha.] | 0442c01 |
| 19 | 因本作~Pubbekatahetu. [CBETA collation: the current note reads 因本作【大】,~Pubbekatahetu.] | 0442c03 |
| 19 | 親子尼乾~Nigaṇṭha Nāṭaputta. [CBETA collation: the current note reads 親子尼乾【大】,~Nigaṇṭha Nāṭaputta.] | 0443c05 |
| 19 | 彼或欲…捨欲~Imassa khome dukkhanidānassa saṃkhāraṃ padahato saṃkhārappadhānā virāgo hoti; imassa pana me dukkhanidānassa ajjhupekkhato upekham bhāvayato virago hoti. [CBETA collation: the current note reads 彼或欲…捨欲【大】,~Imassa khome dukkhanidānassa saṃkhāraṃ padahato saṃkhārappadhānā virāgo hoti; imassa pana me dukkhanidānassa ajjhupekkhato upekham bhāvayato virago hoti.] | 0444a15 |
| 19 | 知此苦如真~Idaṃ dukkhani yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. [CBETA collation: the current note reads 知此苦如真【大】,~Idaṃ dukkhani yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.] | 0444c09 |
| 20 | ~Koḷiyesu. [CBETA collation: the current note reads 拘麗瘦【大】,~Koḷiyesu.] | 0445a27 |
| 20 | 北村~Uttara. [CBETA collation: the current note reads 北村【大】,~Uttara.] | 0445a28 |
| 20 | ~Pāṭaliya gāmaṇī. [CBETA collation: the current note reads 波羅牢伽彌尼【大】,~Pāṭaliya gāmaṇī.] | 0445a28 |
Of the Pāli parallels in the Taishō headnotes for this fascicle, the original notes bearing 「~」—“(the parallel mark)” come to eighteen entries (three on discourse titles · fifteen within the discourses); the discourse titles of all three discourses have headnotes. The one entry within the discourses at〔T01 0442a24〕 stands in the section of Discourse 18 on not entering a womb, and the current edition records a separate note of the same text, without the mark 「~」—“(the parallel mark)”. In the one entry within the discourses at〔T01 0441a01〕, the original note records 〔空〕 ([blank]) below 「作」—“done”, and the current note reads 「作法」—“done, the dharma (of)”. For the three characters 「中阿含」—“Madhyama Āgama” of the discourse titles and the [first-day recitation] that the Ming edition lacks, see Section IX. The note texts are copied, not judged.
② Variants of the alternate translations—the numbers of the separate texts noted by the Taishō notes, copied:
| Discourse | Numbers noted by the Taishō notes | Anchor |
|---|---|---|
| 18 | The Taishō notes have no number of a separate text | 0440c22 |
| 19 | The Taishō notes have no number of a separate text | 0442b29 |
| 20 | The Taishō notes have no number of a separate text | 0445a25 |
③ Mātṛkā—The treatise collection has no item-by-item gloss.